SlideShare a Scribd company logo
Bachelor of Public Health
(BPH)
Curriculum
Faculty of Science and Technology
POKHARA UNIVERSITY
1
BACHELOR OF PUBLIC HEALTH (BPH) PROGRAM
GOAL AND FOCUS
Public health approach envisions to improve the lifestyles of the people. Therefore it is known as an
important discipline of science. Public health has been growing up with different modest and
applicable approaches that can contribute in insuring the health of people. The major school of
thought of public health science is to promote the health of people through preventive and
promotive strategies. A practical and applicable educational model needs to be introduced. Bachelor
of public health program of Pokhara University is rightly designed to produce middle level young
scientists who can competently work for the prevention of the disease and promotion of disease
control strategies. In this light, introduction and implementation of quality education is become a
principal motto of this program which envisioned to contribute in achieving the target of national
health development.
The major goal of the program is to produce public health graduates of highest academic, technical
and practical skill.
OBJECTIVES
The course of BPH is designed to achieve the following objectives to:
 Develop the knowledge and skills in applied health sciences, laboratory works on
applied health sciences and their application.
 Introduce and enhance the knowledge and practical skills in public health, primary
health, health systems development, health economics, nutrition and environmental
health.
 Train and develop the skills on epidemiological aspects of diseases and health system.
 Develop skills in designing, analyzing and evaluating applied public health science
research and management.
 Enhance the knowledge and practical skills in dealing with human resource development
and existing issues in public health management.
 Develop the research and scientific writing skills through the introduction of term paper
and thesis.
 Ensure the skillful, practical and leading human resources through the community
diagnosis and comprehensive field practices.
 Develop the extracurricular competencies through training, seminar and exposure.
2
CAREER OPPORTUNITY
There is growing concern for improvement of health status from all stakeholders within Nepal or in
the foreign countries. Provision of equitable access to health care for attainment of an acceptable
level of health and better quality of life of the people by creating more equitable distribution of
resources is the dominant concern of Nepal today. In many parts of the world scientists are investing
themselves in introducing public health interventions that can deal with the lifestyle. However,
Nepal is facing three fold burdens of diseases (communicable, life style related and poverty). In
order to cope with this complex situation, development of public health graduates has become
inescapable. Very few number of public health workers are working within Nepal or in the other
countries. In general, a BPH graduates can choose following area to build the career:
1. University (Education and Research)
2. Health Organization
3. Health Center
4. Hospital
5. Health Research Council
3
AN INTRODUCTION TO BPH PROGRAM
A. GENERAL
1. Title
The title of the program is Bachelor of Public
Health (BPH).
2. Objective
The objective of the BPH program is to produce
competent and need based public health
graduates.
3. Course Structure
 The program follows the credit system. Each
course is assigned a certain number of credits
depending generally upon its lecture, tutorial
and practical work hours in a week. In theory
subjects, one lecture per week is assigned one
credit as a general rule.
 Three credit hours of theory is equivalent to 48
hours lecture and one credit hour of practical
is equivalent to 45 hours practical in one
semester.
 The BPH course comprises total of 149 credit
hours spreading over eight semesters. There
will be concurrent and residential fieldwork
during the sixth and seventh semesters.
4. Course Coding
Each course is identified by initial letter of the
course title followed by three digit number and
credit hours after decimal i.e. Introduction to
Public Health (IPH 101.2), Term Paper 1
(TPP1.1).
5. Normal and Maximum Duration of Stay
in the University
The normal duration for completing the BPH
course is four years. In exceptional case,
however, the student is allowed normal duration
plus two years to complete the course. If a
student is unable to complete the course within
six years from the time of admission, the
University registration is annulled.
6. Academic Schedule
The academic session consists of two semesters
per year. Generally the Fall Semester
(September - February) starts in September and
the Spring Semester (February - August) begins
in February, however it may differ slightly in
any particular year.
7. Medium of Teaching and Examination
The medium of instruction and examination for
BPH program will be English.
4
B. ADMISSION AND EXAMINATION
1. Entry Requirement for New Student
The entry requirement for a new student in BPH
will be Intermediate in Science (I. Sc.) or Higher
Secondary Level (10+2 Science streams) or
Proficiency Certificate Level (PCL, Science), or
Certificate in Health Sciences or equivalent as
recognized by Pokhara University with at least
50% marks. Besides the basic academic
requirement, an entrance examination will be
held for all applicants.
2. Admission Procedure
A notice inviting application for admission is
publicly announced. The application forms and
information brochures are provided, on request,
after the payment of the prescribed fee.
The concerned college scrutinizes the
applications. The eligible candidates are informed
to take the entrance test. The date and time for the
entrance test is informed to the prospective
students by the college. The college may also
interview the candidates for final selection for
admission.
The candidates, who are given provisional
admission under special condition, are required to
submit all necessary documents within a month of
the beginning of regular classes. Otherwise, the
admission will be annulled.
3. Student Evaluation
The student’s academic performance during a
semester will be evaluated internally (sessional
work) and externally (the final examination).
The sessional work examination will be
evaluated by the teaching Faculty and it will be
of 50% weight. The remaining 50% will be the
final examination, conducted by University.
In the practical courses, 80% will be internal and
20% final examination.
To pass a particular course, a student must
obtain a minimum of D grade in sessional work
(average of internal assessments) and the final
examination, separately.
4. Attendance Requirement
The students must attend every lecture, tutorial,
seminar and practical classes. However, to
accommodate for sickness and other
contingencies, the attendance requirement shall
be a minimum of 80% of the classes in any
particular subject, otherwise s/he shall not be
allowed to take the final examination in that
subject. If a student is continuously absent in the
class for more than four weeks without notifying
5
the authorities, his/her name will be removed
form the school roll.
5. Course Registration
The academic record of a student shall be
maintained in terms of the courses for which s/he
registers in any semester, and the grades s/he
obtains in those courses. Registration for courses
is done at the beginning of each semester. Since
registration is a very important procedural part of
the credit system, it is absolutely essential that all
students present themselves at the school. In case
of illness or any exceptional circumstance during
the registration period, the student must inform
the University authority. Registration absentia
may be allowed only in rare cases, at the
discretion of the authorized person. However, the
student's nominee cannot register for courses and
will only be allowed to complete other
formalities.
Generally in a particular semester or year only
those courses would be offered for registration
which are mentioned in the syllabus, however
their sequence may be interchanged if necessary.
6. Repeating a Course
Since passing of all courses individually is a
degree requirement, the student must retake the
failing core course when offered and must
successfully complete the course. Retaking a
course in which a student has earned a D grade
is optional. Student can retake a course when
one receives GPA less than 2.0. The grade
earned on the retake will be substituted for the
grade earned previously.
7. Transfer of Credit Hours
A maximum up to 25% of the total credit hours
of course completed in an equivalent program of
a recognized institution may be transferred/
waived for credit on the recommendation of the
head of the faculty. For transfer of credit, a
student must have received a grade of B or better
in respective course. Courses taken earlier than
five years from the time of transfer may not be
accepted for transfer of credit. However, a
student transferring from one program to another
program of Pokhara University may receive a
credit transfer of all the compatible courses
completed with at least grade C.
The concerned Subject Committee of the
University will make an evaluation of the
applicant for transfer of credit. The awarding of
transferred credit will be based on the
applicant’s score in the University, which s/he
has attended previously.
6
8. Final Examination
University conducts final examination at the end
of each semester. The procedure of final
examination conduction will be as per the
examination rules of the University.
9. Unsatisfactory Results
Students may apply for retotalling or rechecking
of their grades as per University rule, upon
payment of prescribed fee.
C. Grading System
The grades (marks) awarded to student in a course
is based on his/her consolidated performance in
sessional and final examinations. The letter grade
in any particular subject is an indication of a
student's relative performance in that course. The
pattern of grading will be as follows:
Letter Grade Grade point description
A 4.0 Excellent
A- 3.7
B+ 3.3
B 3.0 Good
B- 2.7
C+ 2.3
C 2.0 Satisfactory
C- 1.7
D+ 1.3
D 1.0 Minimum requirement
F 0 Failing
In unusual circumstances, the student may be
awarded an incomplete grade of "I". If all the
requirements are not completed within the
following semester, the grade of "I" will be
automatically converted to an "F". A student
receiving an "I" grade does not need to register
for that subject in the following semester to
complete the required works.
The performance of a student in a semester will
be evaluated in terms of the semester grade point
average (SGPA). The student’s final grade will
be calculated on cumulative grade point average
(CGPA).
SGPA = Total honor points earned in a
semester/total number of credits registered in a
semester. CGPA = Total honor points
earned/total number of credits completed.
D. Division EQUIVALENCE
In Pokhara University, CGPA 2.5 or more and
3.0 or more are considered as Second and First
divisions, respectively.
E. DISMISSAL FROM THE PROGRAM
A student is normally expected to maintain a
CGPA of 2.0. A student failing to maintain a
satisfactory academic standard shall be
dismissed from the program. In case a student
gets less than 2.0 SGPA then in marginal cases
only the Dean or the faculty can allow the
student to continue his/her studies on the
recommendation of program director or the
subject committee.
7
F. AWARD OF DEGREE
On completion of all requirements with CGPA of
2.0 or better, the student will be awarded a degree
of Bachelor of Public Health (BPH).
G. DEGREE WITH DISTINCTION
To obtain a degree with distinction, a student
must obtained CGPA 3.6 or better
H. DEAN’S LIST
The Dean’s list recognizes outstanding
performances of academic excellence by students.
To qualify, a student must obtain a CGPA of 3.7
or better.
Note: The provisions of this document are not
to be regarded as a binding contract between
the University and the students. The University
reserves the right to change any provisions or
requirements contained in this document at
any time, without pre-notification, within the
students’ term of residence.
8
FIRST YEAR
FIRST SEMESTER
9
APL 102.3 (Credit hours 3)
Anatomy and Physiology
Course Objectives:
To provide basic concept and knowledge on anatomy and physiology with respective systems,
structures and functions of different system and organs. At the end of the course, students
will be able to:
 Define basic terminologies used in anatomy and physiology
 Describe the structures and functions of different system of human body.
 Describe the structures and the functions of the cells, tissues, organ system and types
and relation to each other and the physiological homeostasis
Unit Course Description Hrs. Detail
1 Anatomy
General Introduction
 Definition of anatomical terminologies
such as Anterior, Posterior, Superior,
Inferior, Proximal, Extension, Flexion,
Abduction, Distal, Sagital, (Coronal,
Palmar, Dorsal and Ventral)
 Components of human cell, tissue, organ
and their functions
2 UNIT: I 24 Hrs
1. General introduction
• Definition of
anatomical
terminologies such as
anterior, posterior,
superior, inferior,
proximal, extension,
flexion, abduction,
distal, sagital,(coronal,
palmar, dorsal and
ventral)
• Components of human
cell, tissue, organ and
their functions
2. GENERAL
PHYSIOLOGY
• Nomenclature of
different components
of animal cells and
their function
• Different tissue of
body and their
characteristic
• Definition of body
fluids and electrolyte
10
balance, classification
and their composition
3. Organs systems
A. G.I.SYTEM
• Nomenclature of
different parts of gastro
intestinal tract
• Position of salivary
glands and pancreas
• Identification of
position lobes and
structure of liver
• Discussion of extent of
hepatic biliary
apparatus
• Basic concept of
peritoneal folds
A. PHYSIOLOGY OF G.I.
SYSTEM
• Mechanism of
mastication,
deglutition, absorption,
defecation and
vomiting
• Activation of different
enzyme system on
smell, ingestion and
hunger
• Function of different
glands involved in
digestion i.e. tonsils,
buccal glands, salivary
glands, gastric glands,
pancreas, liver etc.
• Peristalsis and
regurgitation
B. MUSCULO
SKELETAL
• Name and
identification of
11
appendicular and axial
skeleton
• Different types of
joints and their
characteristic
PHYSIOLOGY OF
MUSCULO SKELETAL
• Muscles contraction
and excitation
• Movement of different
joints i.e. shoulder,
hip,knee,ankle,
elbow,wrist etc.
• Co-ordination of
movement
• Cellular respiration,
dehydration and
contraction
ANATOMY OF
NEUROSENSORY
SYSTEM
• Different components
of nervous system
• Identification of
different parts of brain
and coverings
• Extent and covering of
spinal cord
• Main tracts of spinal
cord
• Cranial nerves and
their area of supply
PHYSIOLOGY OF
NERVOUS SYSTEM
• Function of different
parts of brain and
spinal cord and its
coverings
• Function of different
12
cranial nerves
• Function of special
senses
• Function of
sympathetic and
parasympathetic
nervous system
• Correlate physiological
aspects of meningitis,
encephalitis and
epilepsy
2 Organ Systems UNIT: II
24 Hrs
ANATOMY OF
RESPIRATORY SYSTEM
• Enumerate different
parts of respiratory
sytem
• Identification of
paranasal air sinuses,
larynx, trachea and
bronchus
• Identification of
different parts of lungs
and pleura
• Identification of
different parts of
bronchial tree
PHYSIOLOGY OF
RESPIRATORY SYSTEM
• Function of nose,
paranosal sinuses,
nasopharynx, trachea,
bronchus and alveoli of
the lungs
• Surfactants of lungs
• Gases exchanges and
transport of gases in
blood
13
• Lungs volume and
change in volume in
different respiratory
activities
• COPD, Dyspnoea,
PND and Orthopnoea
• Mechanism of
coughing
ANATOMY OF
CARDIOVASCULAR
SYSTEM
• Identification of parts,
chambers and valves of
heart
• Extent and branches of
abdominal aorta,
external carotid artery
and internal iliac artery
• Identification of the
extent of axillary
artery, brachial artery,
radial artery, ulner
artery, femoral artery,
poplitial artery,
anterior and posterior
tibial arterteries,
dorsalispedis
• Identification of
superior vena cava
(SVC), inferior vena
cava (IVC), dural
venus sinuses
PHYSIOLOGY OF
CARDIOVASCULAR
SYSTEM
• Composition and
functions of blood
• Definition of
haemopoiesis and
14
disorders of blood
components
• Definition of blood
group and mention its
importance
• Clotting factors and the
step of coagulation
• Functions of spleen
• Functions of heart
• Pulmonary and
systemic circulation
cardiac cycle and heart
sounds
• Definition of blood
pressure and explain
the mechanism of its
regulation
• Correlate physiological
aspects of the ischemic
heart disease,
hypertension,
artherosclerosis
ANATOMY OF
LYMPHATIC SYSTEM
• Mention area of
drainage of thoracic
ducts, axillary group of
lymph nodes, inguinal
group of lymph nodes,
pre and para aortic
lymph nodes
ANATOMY OF
REPRODUCTIVE
SYSTEM
• Nomenclature of
different parts,
situation and extent of
male and female
genital organs
PHYSIOLOGY OF
15
ENDOCRINE AND
REPRODUCTIVE
SYSTEM
• Main functions of
different endocrine
glands
• Physiological aspect of
goiter and diabetes
mellitus
• Functions of male and
female genital organs
• Physiology of
menstruation
• Basic concepts of
spermatogenesis,
ovulation and
pregnancy
• Physiological basics of
contraceptives
ANATOMY OF
ENDOCRINE SYSTEM
• Enumeration of
different endocrine
glands, their position,
secretion, and their
function
ANATOMY OF
URINARY SYTEM
 Identification of
different parts of
uninary system
• Explanation of parts of
kidney in a coronal
section
• Identification of
different parts of
nephron
• Identification of
different parts of
uninary bladder
•
16
PHYSIOLOGY OF
URINARY SYSTEM
• Function of different
parts of kidney and
urinary tract
• Mechanism of
formation or urine and
micturition
• Correlate the
physiological aspects
of polyurea and the
renal stones
A G.I. System
 Nomenclature of different parts of Gastro
intestinal Tract.
 Position of salivary glands and pancreas.
 Identification of position lobes and structure of
liver
 Discussion of extent of hepatic biliary
apparatus.
 Basic concept of peritoneal folds
3
b. Musculo Skeletal
 Name and identification of appendicular and
axial skeleton.
 Different types of joints and their
characteristic.
2 •
c. Neurosensory System
 Different components of nervous system.
 Identification of different parts of the brain
and coverings.
 Extent and covering of spinal cord.
 Main tracts of spinal cord.
 Cranial nerves and their area of supply.
3 •
d. Respiratory System
 Enumerate different parts of respiratory
system.
 Identification of paranasal air sinuses, larynx,
trachea and bronchus.
 Identification of different parts of lungs and
pleura.
 Identification of different parts of bronchial
tree.
2 •
17
e. Cardiovascular System
 Identification of parts, chambers and valves of
heart.
 Extent and braches of abdominal aorta,
external carotid artery and internal iliacartery.
 Identification of the extent of Axillary artery,
Brachial artery, Radial artery,
 Ulner artery, Femoral artery, Poplitial artery,
Anterior and Posterior tibial arteries,
Dorsalispedis.
 Identification of Superior venacava (SVC),
Inferior Venacava,(IVC), Dural venus sinuses
4 •
f. Lymphatic System
 Mention area of drainage of thoracic ducts,
Axillary group of lynph nodes,
 Inguind group of lynph nodes, Pre and Para
aortic lynph nodes.
2 •
g. Reproductive System
 Nomenclature of different parts, situation and
extent of male and female genital organs.
2 •
h. Urinary System
 Identification of different parts of urinary
system.
 Explanation of parts of kidney in a coronal
section.
 Identification of different parts of nephron.
 Identification of different parts of urinary
bladder.
2
i. Endocrine System 2 hours
 Enumeration of different endocrine glands,
their position, secretions, and their functions.
2
2 Physiology
 General Physiology
o Nomenclature of different components of
animal cells and their function.
o Different tissue of body and their
characteristic.
o Definition of body fluids and electrolyte
balance, classification and their composition.
2
• Human System
o G.I. System
o Mechanism of mastication, deglutition,
3
18
digestion, absorption, defecation and
o vomiting.
o Activation of different enzyme system
on smell, ingestion and hunger.
o Function of different glands involved
in digestion i.e. tonsils, buccal glands,
o salivary glands, gastric glands,
pancreas, liver etc.
o Peristalsis and regurgitation.
Cardiovascular System and Blood 6 hours
• Composition and functions of blood.
• Definition of haemopoiesis and disorders
of blood components.
• Definition of blood group and mention its
importance.
• Clotting factors and the step of
coagulation.
• Functions of spleen.
• Functions of heart.
• Pulmonary and systemic circulation
cardiac cycle and hearts sounds.
• Definition of blood pressure and explain
the mechanism of its regulation.
• Correlate physiological aspects of the
ischemic heart disease, hypertension,
atherosclerosis.
o Respiratory System
• Function of nose, paranosal sinuses,
nasopharynx, trachea, bronchus and alveoli of the
lungs.
• Surfactants of lungs.
• Gasses exchanges and transport of gases in
blood.
• Lungs volume and change in volume in
different respiratory activities.
• COPD, Dyspnoea, PND and Orthopnoea.
• Mechanism of coughing.
3
o Musculo Skeletal
• Muscles contraction and excitation.
• Movement of different joints i.e. shoulder,
hip, knee, ankle, elbow, wrist etc.
• Co-ordination of movement.
• Cellular respiration, dehydration and
2
19
contraction
o Nervous System
• Function of different parts of brain and
spinal cord and its coverings.
• Function the different cranial nerves.
• Function of special senses.
• Function of sympathetic and para
sympathetic nervous system.
• Correlate physiological aspects of
meningitis, encephalitis and epilepsy.
2
o Urinary System
1. Function of different parts of kidney and
urinary tract.
2. Mechanism of formation of urine and
micturation.
3. Correlate the physiological aspects of
polyuria and the renal stones.
2
o Endocrine and Reproductive System
4. Main functions of different endocrine
glands.
5. Physiological aspect of Goitre and
Diabetes mellitus.
6. Functions of male and female genital
organs.
7. Physiology of menstruation.
8. Basic concepts of spermatogenesis,
ovulation and pregnancy.
9. Physiological basics of contraceptives.
4
20
BCA 106.3 (Credit hours 3)
Bio-statistics and Computer Application I
BPH, First Year, First Semester
Course Objectives:
To develop the student’s skills on basic statistics used in public health research and to
develop the student’s skills in handling the statistical software in computer. After the
completion of the course, the students will be able to:
 Understand the key concepts on descriptive statistics.
 Identify and use of appropriate descriptive statistical measures.
 Handle the statistical software in computer.
 Plan out the data analysis process and prepare data entry format in appropriate
statistical software package.
Course Contents:
Unit I: Descriptive Statistics 6hours
1. Introduction
 Introduction to statistics, functions of statistics, limitation
 Definition of Common Statistical Terms
 Descriptive and inferential statistics
 Record, data, information
 Survey, census, sample
 Variables: dependent and independent
 Scales of measurement: nominal, ordinal, interval, ratio
 Difference between Statistics and Bio-statistics - some basic concepts
 Uses of Bio-statistics in public health research
2. Measures in Descriptive Statistics 14 hours
 Methods of describing data: Frequency Distribution, relative frequency distribution,
cumulative frequency disribution
 Diagrammatic and Graphical Representation.: Bar diagram, Piechart, Histogram,
Frequency polygon, Frequency curve, Ogive curve)
 Types of Data: Qualitative and Quantitative and their sources.
 Measures of Central Tendency and Location: Arithmetic Mean, Weighted mean,
Combined mean, Median, Percentiles, Quartiles, Geometric Mean, Mode
 Measures of Dispersion: Range, Quartile Deviation, Mean Deviation, Standard
Deviation, Variance, combined variance, Coefficient of Variance
 Common Measures of Health Status: Count, Ratio, Proportion, Percentage, Rate.
3. Probability Distribution 8 hours
 Concepts of probability, terminology used in probability, approaches to probability, Laws
of Probability, Conditional Probability and Bayes’s Theorem
21
 Random Variables, discrete and Continuous Probability Distribution
 The Binomial Distribution and its characteristics
 The Poisson Distribution and its characteristics
 The Normal Distribution: Empirical and Symmetry Properties of the Normal Distribution
4. Sampling Distribution 6 hours
 Sampling Introduction
 Concept of sampling
 Terminology: Population, sample, parameter, statistic, sampling frame, sampling
units.
 Probability sampling: Simple random sampling (with replacement, without
replacement, methods: lottery, random number table), stratified, systematic,
cluster, multistage sampling
 Non probability: Purposive, convenience, quota, snowball
 Concept of sampling distribution
 Distribution of the Sample Mean and proportion,
 Standard error for mean and proportion,
 Distribution of the Difference between two sample means
 Distribution of the Difference between two sample proportion
(Note: In all sub units, examples are from health related field)
5. Unit II: Computer Applications 14 hours
 Overview of various statistical software programs available for data analysis process
 Epi info, SPSS, STATA, STAT, SAS, R, MS excel
 Introduction to Computer,
 What is computer?
 Dos and windows based operating system
 Different parts of computer/ systems architecture
 Use of Epi-Info 2000 and SPSS in computer
 Making Data Entry Format and Creating New Variables
 Data entry in excel using validation and conditional formatting,
 Converting data format from excel to SPSS
 Simple Descriptive Statistical Data Analysis Process in Computers in SPSS
 Making Presentation Slides in Computer (Power Point)
References:
1. Gurung CK: A handbook of Bio-statistics, 1st
Edition, Makalu Books, Kathmandu, 2005.
2. Rosner B.: Study Guide: Fundamentals of Bio-statistics, 5th
Edition, Duxbuey Thomson
Learning, 2000.
3. Daniel WW.: Bio-statistics: A Foundation for Analysis in the Health Sciences, 7th
Edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 1999.
4. Anthony D.: Understanding Advanced Statistics, Churchill Livingstone, Harcourt Brace
and Company Limited, 1999.
22
5. Essex-Sorlie D.: Medical Bio-statistics & Epidemiology, 1st
Edition, Appleton & Lange,
Morwalk, Connecticut, USA, 1995.
6. Mahajan BK.: Methods in Bio-statistics, Jaypee Brothers, Medical Publishers P. Ltd., G-
16, EMCA House, 23/23B, Ansari Road, Daryaganj, Post Box: 7193, New Delhi 110
002, India, 1991
23
MLI 104.3 (Credit hours 3)
Microbiology
and Immunology
Course Objectives:
To provide the basic concepts in microbiology, (bacteriology, virology, parasitology,
mycology), immunology and disease process. Upon the successful completion of the course,
students will be able to:
 Describe the concepts of microbial diseases (fungal, parasitic, bacterial, viral and
immunological diseases) and the life cycle of common intestinal and blood parasites
and able to conduct disease prevent, prevention and control mechanism of microbial
diseases.
 Explain the morphology, physiology and growth requirement of bacteria describe
concepts of normal, opportunistic- and pathogenic microorganisms.
 Understand the mechanism of infection, development of immunity and diagnosis,
describe sterilization methods and their uses.
 Identify the common and important diseases in communities, and describe the selection,
collection and transportation, storage and processing of specimens.
 Understand the basic concepts and techniques in immunology.
Unit Course Description Hrs. Detail Suggestion
1 1. Introduction to
Microbiology
• Definition scope and history
of microbiology
• Classification of microbial
diseases.
 Introduction to community
acquired microbial infection
4
6 hrs
2. Bacteriology
• Classification of
bacteria.
• Normal bacterial flora
on/ in the human body.
• Opportunistic and
pathogenic organisms.
• Bacterial physiology
and growth factors.
• Mechanism of infection,
resistance to infection and
immunity
10
Morphological
classification of
bacteria,
General structure of
bacteria,
Factors affecting
bacterial growth,
Mechanism of
pathogenesis
24
• Spread of diseases,
pandemic, endemic, epidemics
and nosocomial infection.
• Physical sterilization,
chemical disinfections and
irradiation.
• Selection, collection and
transportation, Storage and
processing of specimens for
identification of common
diseases of public health
concern
• Laboratory techniques-
practical- staining- Gram+
AFB, Culture- Agar/ Broth,
Rapid mehods- Elisa/
ICT
Removed
3. Virology
• Introduction and scope
of virology.
• Classification and
replication of virus.
• Introduction to viral
diseases of public health
concern (Influenza, Measles,
RSV, Arbovinuses,
Rotrovirus, Hepaduaviruses,
Coronaviruses, Picornavirus,
Rhabdovirus,
Adenovirus, Orthomko,
Parayko etc.)
• Collection and
preservation of viral specimen
for laboratory study.
• Prevention and control
of viral diseases
8
Hepadnavirus,
Picornavirus, Herpes
virus, Rotavirus,
Retrovirus,
Orthromyxovirus,
Paramyxovirus, Rubella
virus and Rhabdovirus.)
Structure and
morphology of
virus,
Introduction to viral
diseases of public
health concern)
4. Parasitology
• Classification of
parasites of public health
importance
• Introduction to parasitic
diseases associated with poor
hygienic conditions
16 Entamoeba histolytica,
Giardia lamblia,
Hookworm, Roundworm
Blood and tissue
parasites:
25
• Blood and tissue
parasites (Malaria parasite,
Kala-azar, Microflaria), their
life cycle and mode of infection
• Intestinal parasites
• Selection, collection,
transportation of sample, &
processing of samples.
• Treatment, prevention
and control of common
parasitic diseases
Wet mount preparation,
NS preparation,
Concentration techniques
2 • Introduction to
immunology
• Types of Immunity
• Defense mechanism of
body.
• Antigen, antibody and
antigen antibody Reactions
• Hypersensitivity
reaction.
• Basic concept of
immunology in diagnosis of
viral diseases.
10 Basic concept of
immunology in
diagnosis of
bacterial, viral,
parasitological and
fungal diseases
6
Mycology(New
addition)
Introduction of
mycology and
structure of fungi
Classification of
fungal diseases
Antifungal agents
Selection,
collection,
transportation,
preservation &
processing of fungal
samples
IPH 101.2 (Credit hours 2)
26
Introduction to Public Health
Course Objectives:
To clarify the students on history, development and application of public health, at the
completion of the course students will be competent to
• Describe the history, concept, definition, scope and limitation of public health
• Educate the student on major public health problems existing in Nepal.
Uni
t
Course Description Hrs. Detail
1 Public Health 16 hours
 Definition of public health
 Historical development of public health from global
to Nepalese context
 Concept of diseases, health and being healthy
 Scope of public health
 Preventive health and level of prevention
 Differentiate between public health, community
health, community medicine and clinical medicine
 Concept of burden of disease and role of public in
controlling disease
16 Concept of diseases,
health and being
healthy:
Health: Concept &
Definition, Dimensions
of health, Determinants
of health (including
epidemiological triad),
Concept of Wellbeing,
iceberg phenomenon,
spectrum of health.
Disease: Concept
including sickness &
illness, definitions,
Natural History of
disease, causation
theory: Germ theory.
Public Health:
Concept and
Definitions
Scope and function
Historical development
of public health from
global(different Eras)
to Nepalese context
(From 2008BS)
Concept of burden of
disease and role of
public health in
controlling disease.
2 Public Health Problems in Nepal
• Vaccine preventable diseases:
• Waterborne diseases
• Communicable diseases
16 Concept: Public
health problems in
Nepal
Communicable
27
• Non communicable diseases
• Injuries: domestic and industrial
• Reproductive tract infections
• Mental health and drug abuse
diseases:
Waterborne diseases:
Vaccine preventable
diseases:
Non communicable
diseases:
Reproductive tract
infections:
Malnutrition:
Population Growth:
Urbanization:
Road Traffic
Accidents
Mental health and
drug abuse:
(Give emphasis on
following topics:
Introduction, Public
health burden, current
situation and
comparison)
References (in priority order)
28
PPB 103.3 (Credit hours 3)
Pharmacology, Pharmacy and Biochemistry
Course Objectives:
To impart the basic concept and knowledge on Pharmacy, Pharmacology and Biochemistry.
At the end of the course, students will be able to:
 Describe pharmacy and pharmacological related terminologies and the actions,
reactions and the side effect of important drugs.
 Identify the various adverse effects of commonly used drugs and enumerate the name
of emergency drugs, their procedure of administration and mode of actions.
 Understand the basic concepts and acquire the basic knowledge of biochemistry.
Unit Course Description Hrs. Detail
2 Biochemistry
• Introduction and application of Biochemistry in public health
• Basic concepts on Infectious & life style disease Biochemistry
• Basic concept of acid, base and salts, acid-base indicator
• Water (Types, Properties and Ionization) including the concept of pH
• Buffer solution (Definition, Types of Buffers present in Body Fluid and
their Significance)
• Carbohydrates (Definition, Classification, Physical and Chemical
Properties)
• Glucose absorption and its homeostasis
• Proteins (Definition, Classification, Physical and Chemical Properties)
• Amino-acids (Definition, Classification and Biomedical Importance)
• Fatty acids (Definition, Nomenclature and Biomedical Importance)
• Definition, nomenclature and biomedical importance of lipid
• Important aspects of essential amino acids and fatty acids
• Biomedical importance of Cholesterol, Bile salts, Hormones and
Lipoproteins
• Enzymes and co-enzymes (Definition, Classification and
Biomedical(Importance)
• Nucleic acids (DNA, RNA, Nucleotide, Nucleoside)
• Macro and micronutrients (Iron, Calcium, Iodine, Cupper, Zinc,
Phosphorus, Magnesium, Manganese, Molybdenum, Cobalt, Nickel etc.)
- Daily requirements, source, biomedical importance
• Vitamins (Fat and Water Soluble)
- Daily requirements, source, biomedical importance
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
2
2
2
As it is….
29
Pharmacology, Pharmacy and Biochemistry
PPB 103.3 (Credit hours 3)
Course Objectives:
To impart the basic concept and knowledge on Pharmacy, Pharmacology and Biochemistry.
At the end of the course, students will be able to:
 Describe pharmacy and pharmacological related terminologies and the actions,
reactions and the side effect of important drugs.
 Identify the various adverse effects of commonly used drugs and enumerate the name
of emergency drugs, their procedure of administration and mode of actions.
 Understand the basic concepts and acquire the basic knowledge of biochemistry.
Unit Course Description Hrs. Detail
1
PHARMACOLOGY
1. Introduction
• Principles of
pharmacokinetics,
pharmacodynamics and
pharmacogenetics
• General concepts
of anti-microbial therapy.
• Principles of
Geriatric prescribing,
Pediatric prescribing and
Prescribing for
Pregnant Woman
• Classification of
drugs
4 Terminologies used in
pharmacology
Pharmacokinetics- Introduction,
Process of drug movement, ADME
and factors affecting ADME
Pharmacodynamics- Principle,
Types of drug action, Mechanisms
of drug action
Pharmacogenetics: Principle,
examples
Principles of Geriatric, Pediatric and
Pregnant Woman Prescribing-
Physiologic processes affecting
pharmacokinetic and
pharmacokinetic variables
Classification of drugs- schedule
Ka, Kha, Ga, Gha
General concept of antimicrobial
therapy- principle, choice,
combined use of antimicrobials,
failure of antimicrobial therapy
2. Important Drugs
and their Actions
• Life saving drugs:
classification, mechanism
of action, fate of drugs,
side effects,
indications and
12 Concept of essential and life saving
drugs- use, implementation,
problems in implementation,
general idea of WHO and National
essential drug lists
Drugs used in different mentioned
diseases- general introduction to the
30
contraindication.
• Concept of
essential drugs and its
implementation in Nepal
• Drugs Used in TB,
Malaria, Kala-azar,
Leprosy, ARI, Diarrheal
diseases,
Common
infections, HIV/AIDS,
COPD, Diabetes,
Hypertension.
• Antibiotics: Use,
Misuse, and Resistance
• Use of antibiotics
in food and animals and its
public health implications.
• Drug Policy, Drug
Act, Standard Treatment
Guidelines
disease,non-pharmacological and
pharmacological management(only
classify drugs use )
Antibiotics- Use, Misuse,
Resistance (Mechanisms, types and
prevention), use in food and animals
and its impact on public health
Drug policy(preamble, objectives
and components)
Drug Act- (preamble, objectives and
components)
Standard Treatment Guidelines-
Introduction, Advantages and
disadvantages, preparation of
guideline and its implementation
3. Date of
Manufacture and Expiry
Date of Drugs, Handling
and Drug Storage;
Concepts of
GMP, GLP and GCP
3 Stability of drugs, concept on shelf
life and expiry, handling and storage
requirements and conditions of
drugs
GMP, GLP, GCP- principle,
purpose, importance
4. Basic Concept of
Rational Drug Use
4 Introduction, Why rational drug
use?, Rational prescribing, Causes
of irrational drug use and associated
problems with implementation,
strategies to promote rational use of
drugs
5. Vaccination and
Importance in Maintaining
Cold Chain
3 Introduction to vaccines and
vaccination, Examples of common
vaccines
Stability of vaccines and need and
method of maintaining cold chain in
vaccination
Further Suggesion: The pharmacology course is combined with biochemistry. On one hand this
provides very little knowledge on pharmacy, pharmacology and on the other these two subjects
are not inter-related. So it would be better to separate the pharmacy portion.
31
Technical English:
The sole objective of this course is to develop all the four aspects of English language learning;
listening, speaking, writing and reading. Especially, it aims at enhancing these aspects of
learning skills in technical English.
SN Course Content Teaching
Hours
Details
1 Review of Written English
Sentence structure (Identification of
sentence or its types and
transformation of sentences) and
clauses
8 1. Brief discussion of sentence structure.
2.Sentence types:-
a) Rhetorical type:
i) Introduction of simple, complex and
compound sentences.
ii) Ways of Identification of these
sentences and transformation of these
sentence types into each
other.
b. Grammatical Type
i) short introduction of declarative,
interrogative, exclamatory and
imperative sentence
3. Brief discussion about the clauses
2 Oral Communication, Note Taking
and Summarizing: Preposition and
noun phrase(noun, adjective and
adverbs) and their use, verbal
phrases, Types of English, (Variety
levels of English), Technical talk
(Environmental Impact,
Construction, Water Resources,
Impact of Computer in Modern
Society, Impact of Satellite
Education, Urban Development
Drug Use Problems, Role of Public
Health Professionals in the
Community Disease Outbreak)
15  Types of English :-
1. On the basis of Education-
a) Standard English :- Short
introduction of its types:
i) Formal
ii) Informal
iii) Colloquial
b) Non-Standard English
2. On the basis of Geography and
Nationality :-
a) British English
b) American English
Some of the major differences between
American and British English regarding
32
spelling, sentence formation etc.
 Technical Talk
1. Brief discussion on the features of
different technicality level:-
a) Highly Technical Level
b) Semi-technical Level
c) Non-technical Level
2. Teaching students about
different delivery
techniques :-
a) Impromptu Delivery
b) Memorized Delivery
c) Read Delivery
d) Extemporaneous Delivery
3. Application of these techniques
into practical level by encouraging
students orally as well as
theoretically on the
prescribed course content.
 Note Taking:-
Styles of Note Taking:-
1) Arabic Numerals: 1,2,3,4...
2) Decimal System: - 1.1, 1.2...
3) Small Roman Numerals:- (i),
(ii), (iii)
4) Large Roman Numerals:- I, II,
III …
5) Capital Letters:- A,B,C,D…
6) Small Letters:- a,b,c,d,
7) Hanging Way
8) Practical Work
* Basic rules of using prepositions of
time and location different phrases
* Use of different phrases into sensible
sentences
3. Technical Writing Skill :-
Preparation of short memoranda
(Importance-formats), Business
10  Memoranda:-
a. Definition
b. Purpose
33
letters (Importance- purposes),
Seminar papers (Conduction of
Seminars, Preparation of Circular,
Presenting seminar papers),
Preparation of Proposals
(Importance –type – formats)
Preparation of Reports
(Importance-types-formats) .
c. Components
d. Language
e. Sample Memo
 Business Letters
a) Principles of Effective Business
Letter Writing :
i) Courtesy and
Consideration
ii) Clarity and Precision
iii) Conciseness
b) Structures of Business Letter:
i) Blcoked style
ii) Semi-blocked style
c) Elements of Business Letter:
i) Heading
ii) Date
iii) Reference
iv) Inside Address
v) Salutation
vi) Subject
vii) Body
viii) Conclusion
ix) Signature
x) Enclosure
d) Major Types of Business Letter
i) Complaint Letter
ii) Invitations
iii) Ordering products
iv) Job Application
e) Sample Business Letter:
 Report Writing
a) Introduction to report writing
b) Types of Report
i) Accident/ Incident reports
ii) Feasibility reports
iii) Inventory reports
iv) Staff Utilization reports
v) Progress/Activity Reports
vi) Travel/ Trip Reports
34
vii) Lab Reports
viii) Performance Appraisal
Report
ix)Study Reports
x) Justification Reports
c) Criteria for writing reports
i) Organization
ii) Development
c) Sample Report
 Description Writing
a) Process
b) Mechanism
c) Sample description writing
 Circular
a) Introduction
b) Sample Circular
 Seminar Paper
a) Conduction of Seminar
b) Preparation of Seminar
Paper
c) Presentation of Seminar
Paper
 Proposal Writing
a) Introduction of Proposal
b) Importance of Proposal
c) Types of Proposal
i) Short Proposal/ Long
Proposal
ii) Solicited Proposals/
Unsolicited Proposals
iii) Internal Proposal/
External Proposal
d) Formats of Proposal
e) Sample Proposal
4. Reading Skill
Comprehension questions and
exercises (from prescribed passages
– Discovery of Antibiotics,
15 1) Introduction to critical reading
a) Reading the poetics of the
text
i) Considering text’s different
35
Communicable Diseases, People
and Environment, Healthy Life
Styles, Alma Ata Conference on
PHC Foundations of Public Health
etc.)
messages and encourage students to
realize gravity of the given text.
Ii) Teaching students the effective
way summary writing.
36
SECOND SEMESTER
BPH, First Year, Second Semester
37
PFA 107.3 (Credit hours 3) Pathology
and First Aid
General Objectives:
To provide basic concept and knowledge on pathological changes, abnormalities and first aid
management. Upon the successful completion of the course, students will be able to:
 Describe the basic pathological changes in the cells, tissues, organs and the system of the
body.
 Describe lab methods of diagnosis and understand handling of basic instruments
 Discuss different life threatening casualty conditions and apply first aid skills to save life
and promote health and recovery of the patient.
 Selection, collection, preservation, transportation and processing of specimens
Unit Course Description Hrs Details
I Pathology
1. Introduction
 Basic Terminologies in
Pathology.
 General Concepts of Tissue
Injury, Inflammation, Necrosis,
Thrombosis, Embolism, Wound
Healing, Shock, Oedema,
Neoplasia, Hypersensitivity
Reactions, Immune Deficiency
Disorder (Congenital and
acquired- HIV/AIDS), Immunity
and Genetic Disorders
7 Introduction
 Basic Terminologies in pathology.
 Tissue Injury : Pathological changes
 Inflammation: concept, signs and
symptoms Pathological changes.
 Necrosis: Concept, Signs symptoms
 Definition of Thrombosis ,
Embolism, Oedema, & Neoplasia.
 Hypersensitivity Reactions:
-Definition, Types, causes, signs and
symptoms & pathological changes.
 Immune Deficiency Disorder &
Immunity and Genetic Disorders:
definition and Pathological changes.
2. Human System
A. Gastrointestinal System
 Concepts of Gastritis, Peptic
Ulcer, TB Intestine, Appendicitis,
intestinal obstruction, Carcinoma
of Stomach, Hepatitis, Cirrhosis
of Liver, Cholecystitis and
Cholelithiasis.
B. Musculo-Skeletal System and
Skin
• Basic Concepts of Fractures,
2
3
2
3
Human System
A. Gastrointestinal System
 Concepts, S/S & pathological changes:
Gastritis, Peptic Ulcer, TB Intestine,
Appendicitis, intestinal obstruction,
Carcinoma of Stomach, Hepatitis,
Cirrhosis of Liver, Cholecystitis and
Cholelithiasis
B. Musculo-Skeletal System and Skin
• Definition, Causes, sign and symptom
and Management: Fractures, Arthritis,
Oesteomyelitis
38
Arthritis, Oesteomyelitis,
Leprosy, Scabies and deficiency
disorders in skin.
C. Cardiovascular System
• Basic Concepts of Rheumatic
Carditis, Myocardial Infraction,
Hypertension, Atherosclerosis,
Heart Failure, Anemia,
Leukemia, Hemophilia,
Idiopathic Thrombocytopenic
Purpura (ITP)
D. Respiratory System
• Basic Concepts of Tuberculosis,
COPD, Pneumonia, Carcinoma
of Lung.
• Occupational hazards and their
effects on human bodies
E. Neurosensary System and
special senses.
• Concepts of Meningitis,
Epilepsy, Encephalitis,
Conjunctivitis, Trachoma,
Ratinoblastoma, Xerophthalmia,
Actue Otitis Media and CSOM.
F. Renal and Electrolyte System
 Renal Failure, Nephritis,
Nephrotic Syndrome, Renal
Stones, UTI.
G. Reproductive and Endocrine
System
 DUB, Abortions, Ectopic
Pregnancy, Benign Prostatic
Hyperplasia (BEP), Carcinoma of
Cervix.
 Nodular Goiter, Diabetes
Mellitus.
 Different Causes of Breast Lump
 Sexually transmitted infections
2
2
3
• Definition, Causes, sign and symptom
and Management: Leprosy, & Scabies
C. Cardiovascular System
• Definition, Causes, S/S, Pathological
changes, Public health perspectives:
Rheumatic Carditis, Myocardial
Infraction, Hypertension,
Atherosclerosis, & Heart Failure.
• Definition, Causes, sign and symptom,
Pathological changes, Public health
perspectives: Leukemia, Hemophilia,
Idiopathic Thrombocytopenic Purpura
(ITP)
D. Respiratory System
Basic Concepts and pathological changes:
Tuberculosis, Pneumonia, Carcinoma of
Lung, COPD
E. Neurosensary System and Special
Senses
• Concepts and pathological changes:
Meningitis, Epilepsy, Encephalitis,
Conjunctivitis, Trachoma,
Ratinoblastoma, Xerophthalmia, Acute
Otitis Media and CSOM.
F. Renal and Electrolyte System
• Concepts, Causes and pathological
changes: Renal Failure, Renal stone,
Nephritis, Nephrotic Syndrome, UTI.
G. Reproductive and Endocrine System
• Concepts, Causes and pathological
changes: DUB, Ectopic Pregnancy,
Benign Prostatic Hyperplasia (BPH),
Carcinoma of Cervix, Breast Lump.
• Concepts, Causes and pathological
changes: Nodular Goiter, Diabetes
Mellitus.
39
(STI)
II First Aids
 First aid measures in poisoning
(insecticides, rodenticides, drugs,
alcohols, plants, animal bites,
sting)
 Shock, type of shock, and first aid
measures
 First aid in snakebites
 Foreign body in ear, nose, throat
and eyes and first aid
 Classification of injury and first
aid in injury
 Classification of hemorrhage and
first aid to control of external
bleeding
 Burns, its percentage and first aid
measure to thermal and chemical
burns
 Description of measures to
manage the case of frostbite
 Identification of the fractured
bones and dislocations and its
first aid measures
 Heatstroke and first aid measure
 Dangers of rabid animal bites and
its first aid measure
 First aid measure in drowning
 First aid measures in acute
mountain sickness
 First aid measures in pregnancy,
delivery and newborn
24 Unit II: First Aids
Unit II: First Aids
 Concept, Causes, Types, S/S and
first aid measures: Shock,
Poisoning (insecticides:
organophosphorus, DDT, HCH,
rodenticides: common rat killers,
drugs, alcohols, Mushroom,
animal bites (dog bite, Cat,
Jackal),Snakebites
 Foreign body in ear, nose, throat and
eyes and first aid
 Concept, Causes and first aid of
Burns.
 Concept, Causes, Types and first
aid: Injury, Hemorrhage
 Concept, Causes and first aid:
Frostbite, Heatstroke, High altitude
(acute mountain sickness),
hypothermia
 Concept, Causes, types and first aid:
sprain, Fracture and Dislocations.
 Concept, Causes and first aid:
Drowning
 First aid and refer: Pregnancy,
delivery and newborn
References:
 Baker FJ. Introduction to medical laboratory technology. (ELBS).
 Cheesbrough M. Medical laboratory manuals for developing countries, Vol. I & II,
ELBS, 1996.
 Textbooks of First Aid Recent Edition
 Robins, Cotran and Kumar. Pathologic Basis of Disease, 7th Edition. Churchill 4.
Livingston, 2002.
List Current Essential References…
40
TEL 108.3 (Credit hour 3)
Toxicology and Entomology
BPH, First Year, Second Semester
Course Objectives:
To provide basic concept and knowledge on toxicology and entomology. Upon the
successful completion of the course, students will be able to:
 Understand the basic concepts and acquire the basic knowledge of toxicology and its
implication in public health.
 Understand diversity of toxicology and its application in understanding and controlling
problems related to toxic substance in industry, agriculture and medicine.
 Describe the role of arthropods and rodent in public health, the characteristics of different
arthropods and rodents of medical importance and diseases transmitted by them, different
control measures of arthropods and rodents.
 Describe the usability, problem of resistance and health hazards of insecticides and
rodenticides.
Unit Course Description Hrs Details
I Toxicology
1. Introduction to Toxicology
Definition, scope and application of toxicology
 Terminologies used in toxicology
2. Basic Principles of Toxicity
Toxic and toxicity, Toxicity value, Acute and Chronic toxicity,
Poison, Toxicity categories- EPA, WHO, Personal protection
equipments, Causes of poisoning, Poison Prevention, Case studies,
Factors that influence toxicity.
3. Diversity of Toxicology
 Occupational (industrial) toxicology
 Definition, different permissible values, implication in human
health, determination of acceptable exposure limit
 Environmental toxicology
 Air, water, and soil pollution, public health burden due to
environmental pollution
 Forensic toxicology
 Definition, scope, limitation and principles of ascertaining
death by poisoning
 Clinical toxicology
 Definition, initial approach to poisoned patients, mechanism of
2
2
20
Different types
of air, water and
soil pollutant
41
action, clinical effects and management of poisoning due to
OP, OC, pyrethrins, phosphides, paracetamol,
benzodiazepines, barbiturates, opiates, TCA, iron, Datura,
snake bites, bee/wasp/hornet sting, scorpian bites.
II Entomology
1. Introduction
 Introduction to medically important arthropods and rodents.
 General outline, classification of arthropods and rodents (with
special reference to medically important groups).
2. Habit, habitat, morphology and control measures of:
 Arachnids: Scorpions, spiders, ticks, mites.
 Non-dipterous insect: Lice, fleas, bugs, and cockroach.
 Dipterous insects: Myasis Producing flies, Phlebotomine-Sand
flies, Simulium-Black flies, Mosquito- Culicine, Anopheline,
Ades
3. Habit, habitat, morphology and control measure of rodents
4. Diseases and health hazards
 Diseases and health hazards associated with arthropods and
rodents.
 Different methods of controlling arthropods and rodents
 Integrated Pest Management (IPM)
 Insecticides, rodenticides and their usability.
 Insecticides –problem of resistance.
2
14
3
5
References:
 Amdur MO, Doull J, Klaassen CD (ed). Casarett and Doull’s Toxicology:The Basic
Science of Poisons, 5th
ed. McGraw Hill: New York; 1996.
 Olson KR, Anderson IB, Clark RF et al. (ed). Poisoning and Drug Overdose, 3rd
ed.
Appleton & Lange:Stamford, Connecticut, 1999.
 Wall Chart on the Management of Commonly Encountered Poisons in Nepal, 2000
 Handbook on management of Pesticide Poisoning published by Plant Protection
Division, Ministry of Agriculture.
List Current Essential References
 The essentials of forensic medicine and Toxicology 25th
edition, KSN Reddy
 Modi’s Medical Jurisprudence and Toxicology 23rd
edition. Editiors K
mathinaron and Amrit K Pathaik
 Toxicology by PD Sharma latest edition
42
BSC 109.3 (Credit hours 3)
Bio-statistics and Computer Applications - II
BPH, First Year, Second Semester
Course Objectives:
To develop the student’s skills on statistical measures in public health research and To develop
the student’s skills on the use of statistical software during data analysis process. After the
completion of the course, the students will be able to:
 Identify and use appropriate statistical measures for analytical and experimental study
designs.
 Perform statistical analysis using appropriate statistical software in computer.
 Interpret the statistical outputs.
Unit Course Description Hrs Details
I Inferential Statistics
1. Estimation
 Relationship of Population to Sample
and Random Number Tables
 Standard Error of the Mean, The
Central Limit Theorem
 Sample Size Estimation
 Point and Interval Estimation for the
Mean
 Estimation of Confidence Interval
2. Statistical Measures in Analytic and
Experimental Study Design
 Hypothesis Testing: Type I and II
Errors, The Power of a Test, Basic
concept on P value and its estimation
 Normality test (Kolmogorov Smirnov
Test)
 Parametric Test: Test for Mean – t-
Test, Bartelett’s Test, ANOVA
 Non-parametric Test: Chi-square Test,
Fisher Exact Test, McNemar Test,
Yet’s Correction, Test for Mean –
8
22
Definition of population and
sample, concept of central limit
theorem, standard error of mean and
proportion, sample size estimation
for mean and proportion, estimation,
estimator, criteria of good estimator,
point and interval estimation for
mean(when sd is known and
unknown)and proportion
Concept of hypothesis, types of
hypothesis ,errors in hypothesis
(type I and II, false positive and
false negative) with suitable
examples, level of significance,
power of test , Concept of p value,
connection between p value and
confidence limit , concept of
parametric and nonparametric ,
Checking Normality (Kolmogorov
43
Mann Whitney U Test, Wilcoxon
Matched Pair Sign Rank Test
 Correlation: Friedmann Test
Correlation: Test of Relationships –
Linear/Pearson’s Correlation
(parametric test), Spearman Rank
Correlation (non-parametric test)
 Regression: The Linear Regression
Model, Least Square Method,
Multiple Regression
3. Interpretation of various statistical
outputs 4
–Smirnov test)
Parametric Test
1. T-test(for mean: paired and
unpaired and correlation
coefficient)
2. Z-test (for mean and proportion)
3. ANOVA (One way ANOVA
and Two ways ANOVA using
Computer Output only )
4. Bartlett’s test for equality of
variances
5. Non parametric test
1. Chi-square test
a. goodness of fit: uniform,
binomial, Poisson and normal
distribution
b. association between two
categorical variables
2. Yates continuity correction
3. Fisher Exact Test ( One tail and
Two tail test)
4. Mc Newar Test
5. Mann Whitney U Test (using
normal appromation )
6. Wilcoxon Matched Pair Sign
Rank test (using normal
appromation )
Correlation and Regression
1. Concept of casual relation
2. Independent and dependent
variables
3. Concept of Scatter plot
4. Karl Pearson’s correlation
coefficient ,test of correlation
coefficient using t-
test(parametric methods)
5. Spearman correlation coefficient
(non parametric )
6. Simple linear regression
:concept, computing value of a
and b ; ANOVA Test for
44
linearity, t test for Beta-
coefficient , standard error for
line of regression, coefficient of
determination
7. Multiple linear regression
:concept, ANOVA Test for
multiple linearity, t test for
Beta-coefficient (computer
based Output only)
II Computer Applications
 Data Management in Computer
 Parametric tests performed in
Computer Non-parametric tests
performed in Computer
 Use of multimedia during slide
presentation in Computer
14  Concept of data management
 Methods of data entry for
parametric and non parametric
test
 Interpretation of computer
output for parametric and non
parametric test mentioned above
using
 Effective methods of power
point presentation (general rules
for effective power point
presentation ),
References:
 Gurung CK. A handbook of Bio-statistics; 1st
Edition, Makalu Books, Kathmandu, 2005.
 Rosner B. Study Guide: Fundamentals of Bio-statistics, 5th
Edition, Duxbuey Thomson
Learning, 2000.
 Daniel WW. Bio-statistics: A Foundation for Analysis in the Health Sciences, 7th
Edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 1999.
 Anthony D. Understanding Advanced Statistics, Churchill Livingstone, Harcourt Brace
and Company Limited, 1999.
 Essex-Sorlie D. Medical Bio-statistics & Epidemiology, 1st
Edition, Appleton & Lange,
Morwalk, Connecticut, USA, 1995.
 Mahajan BK. Methods in Bio-statistics. Jaypee Brothers, Medical Publishers (p) Ltd., G-
16, EMCA House, 23/23B, Ansari Road, Daryaganj, Post Box: 7193, New Delhi 110
002, India, 1991.
List Current Essential References
 Aryal UR.Biostatistics for Medical Sciences.1st edition,2009.
 Statistics at Square One. Ninth Edition. T D V Swinscow. Revised by M J Campbell ,
University of Southampton. Copyright BMJ Publishing Group 1997.
 CDC. Principles of epidemiology. Second Edition.
45
BEP 110.3 (Credit hours 3)
Basic Epidemiology I
BPH, First Year, Second Semester
Course Objectives:
To deliver basic knowledge on epidemiological concepts, approaches, and methods that can be
used for the planning, control, management and evaluation of diseases and systems for the
improvement of community health issues. Upon the successful completion of the course, the
students will be able to:
 Describe and apply epidemiological concepts and strategies in planning and
implementing health programs.
 Describe and generate epidemiological information for the effective management of
health problems.
 Calculate epidemiological frequencies measures and apply these to manage and evaluate
health program.
Unit Course Description Hrs Details
I Meaning, Types, Scope and
Application of Epidemiology
 Definition and concept of
Epidemiology
 Historical development
of Epidemiology
 Aims, scope and
application of
Epidemiology
 Distribution of Disease:
Time, person and place
10  Definition, concept, aims, scope and use
(application) of epidemiology
 Historical development of Epidemiology
 John Graunt
 James Lind
 William Farr
 John Snow
 Modern Epidemiology
 Principles/tenets of epidemiology
 Branches of epidemiology
 Major Epidemiological achievements:
Examples : small pox eradication, Methyl
mercury poisoning, Rheumatic fever,
Iodine deficiency disorders
 Descriptive epidemiology
II Terminology used in
Epidemiology
 Terminology used in
epidemiological design
 Terminology used in
disease epidemiology
10 Terminology used in epidemiological design
retrospective study, prospective, baseline and
end line, cross-sectional;, time series ,
intervention, case-control, cohort, qualitative and
quantitative methods , randomization, reliability
and validity , experimental and quasi-
experimental, interview, observation, mailed
questionnaire, Focus Group Discussions,
surrogate method, anthropometry, interview
guideline, checklist, questionnaire, Rate, ratio
46
and proportion: child, infant, post-natal,
perinatal, neonatal, still birth, abortion,
neonatal, post-neonatal, mis-carriage, sex ratio,
maternal mortality rate/ratio, dependency
ratio(young and old), crude rate, standardized
rate, Incidence rate, prevalence rate(point and
period, population at risk, effect, dose –
response, dose effect relationship, dependent and
independent variable, association, ecological
fallacy, risk, attack rate, attribute, bias, error,
biological plausibility, operational definition,
blinding, cluster, conflict of interest,
confounding, follow up, intension to treat,
hawthorn effect, grey literatures , up
contingency table
Terminology used in disease epidemiology
Infection, infestation, inflammation, reservoir ,
source of infection, contamination, pollution,
case, carrier, Case-clinical, sub clinical, latent,
carrier, incubatory, convalescent, healthy,
temporary, chronic, intestinal, urinary,
respiratory, direct-contact, mode of transmission,
droplet of nuclei, transplacental, indirect-vehicle
borne, vector borne, mechanical, biological
transmission, Propagative, cyclo-propagative,
cyclo-developmental, air borne, droplet nuclei,
dust fomite borne, hands and finger, host-
susceptible host, immunity, portal of entry,
incubation period, period of communicability
III Health and Epidemiology
 Concept of health and
use of epidemiology.
 Relationship between
disease and epidemiology
 Epidemiology and
disease interventions
(communicable and non-
communicable)
 Critical issues in disease,
causations and
interventions
14  Concept of health and use of
epidemiology.
Biomedical, ecological, psychological and
holistic concept, dimensions- physical,
mental, social, spiritual, emotional and
others
 Relationship between disease and
epidemiology
Epidemiological triad concept Disease
transmission cycle, Dynamics of disease
transmission, , principles and methods of
prevention and control of communicable
diseases, natural history and its application
47
for disease prevention
 Epidemiology and disease interventions
(communicable and non communicable)
 Life style and behavioral interventions
 Different Modes of interventions applied
(communicable and non communicable)
 Critical issues in disease, causations and
interventions: Illustration with examples of
Communicable and non Communicable
diseases
IV Use of Epidemiology in Public
Health
 Relationship between
epidemiology and public
health
 Referencing
epidemiological studies
in public health
14  Relationship between epidemiology and
public health
Concepts of Epidemiology and public health
practices, Epidemiologic functions in public
health : Public Health surveillance , Disease
investigation, Community health assessment,
screening, intervention programmes, Public
health programme evaluation, Epidemiologic
approach to public health action
 Referencing epidemiological studies in
public health
Concepts and necessity of referencing in
public health reports, Purpose of literature
review, Types of literature, Literature review
process,
reference and bibliography, styles of
referencing epidemiological literatures :
Vancouver, Harvard system, Referencing
software: literature search methods using
computer software e.g. End Note/ Reference
manager
References:
 Gurung CK. A handbook of Bio-statistics; 1st
Edition, Makalu Books, Kathmandu, 2005.
 Rosner B. Study Guide: Fundamentals of Bio-statistics, 5th
Edition, Duxbuey Thomson
Learning, 2000.
 Daniel WW. Bio-statistics: A Foundation for Analysis in the Health Sciences, 7th
Edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 1999.
 Anthony D. Understanding Advanced Statistics, Churchill Livingstone, Harcourt Brace
and Company Limited, 1999.
48
 Essex-Sorlie D. Medical Bio-statistics & Epidemiology, 1st
Edition, Appleton & Lange,
Morwalk, Connecticut, USA, 1995.
 Mahajan BK. Methods in Bio-statistics. Jaypee Brothers, Medical Publishers (p) Ltd., G-
16, EMCA House, 23/23B, Ansari Road, Daryaganj, Post Box: 7193, New Delhi 110
002, India, 1991.
49
PBH 111.3 (Credit hours 3)
Public Health
BPH, First Year, Second Semester
General Objective
To explore the public health approaches, emergence and resurgent issues relating to public health
, primary health care and acquire knowledge as well as skills to address the issues. At the end of
the course, students shall be able to:
 Explore the public health approaches
 Demonstrate holistic understanding of health and disease.
 Analyses the development of primary health care (PHC) in global and Nepalese context
 Understand the concept and application of community medicine and public health
Unit Course Description Hrs Details
I Public Health Approaches
1. Concept of Health and Disease
 Preventive Health and Levels of
Prevention
 Application of public health from
medical model.
 Application of public health from
spiritual model.
 Application of public health from
holistic model
 Distinction between public health,
community health, community
medicine and social medicine.
12 Public Health Approaches
1. Concept of Health and Disease
 Application of public health from
medical model.
 Application of public health from
spiritual model.
 Application of public health from
holistic model
 Distinction between public health,
community health, community medicine
and social medicine.
2. Preventive Health
 Concept
 Level and scope of preventive health
 Practices of prevention in different
level
2. Preventive Health
 Concept
 Definition
 Level
 Scope
 Practices of prevention in different
level:
Discuss the practices of disease prevention
at different levels and the diseases are
Malnutrition, STI and Cancer
3. Health Promotion
 Concept including Ottawa Charter of
health promotion.
 Scope of health promotion
 Priorities for health promotion in 21st
3. Health Promotion:
 Concept, definition, scope, principles and
approaches
Concept including Ottawa Charter of health
promotion:
50
century in reference to Jakarta
Declaration
 Prerequisites for health, health promotion
action, commitment to health promotion.
 Scope of health promotion
Jakarta Declaration:
 Priorities for health promotion in 21st
century.
 Priorities for the alliance.
II Legal aspects in Public Health
 Environmental Health Laws
 Occupational Health Laws
 Consumer Rights; Patients Rights;
 Health policies
 Health plans
 Alma Ata and International
declaration
- Human right
- Women
- Children
- Ageing
- Disable
- Ethics
 International Conference on
Population and Development (ICPD,
Cairo)
 Beijing conference
 HABITAT 2nd (Istanbul 1996)
 Millennium Development Goals
(MDGs)
12 Legal aspects in Public Health: Definition,
Core values of public health & Legal aspects of
health care administration.
 Environmental Health Laws: Definition,
aims & environmental protection strategies.
 Occupational Health Laws: definition,
objectives & occupational health law of
Nepal.
 Consumer Rights; Patients Rights;
 Health policies: National Health Policies
 Health plans: Interim Health Plan, NHSP II
(National Health Sector Program)
 Alma Ata declaration
 International declaration:
- Human right: introduction, principles,
universal declaration on human right
- Women: Cairo declaration, 2009
- Children: Geneva declaration 1924,
- Ageing: Elderly health problems,
International plan of action on ageing.
- Disable: Declaration on the right of
disabled persons.
- Ethics: Definition, Health, Medical &
Public health ethics.
 International Conference on Population and
Development (ICPD, Cairo): Introduction,
Preamble, principles and actions.
 Beijing conference: Introduction, theme,
goals, objectives & actions including 12
critical areas.
 HABITAT 2nd (Istanbul 1996):
Introduction, goals, objectives, global plan
for actions.
 Millennium Development Goals (MDGs):
Introduction, Goals, target & indicators.
51
III Introduction to Primary Health Care
 Definition and philosophy of primary
health care
 Principles and strategies of primary
health care
 Primary health care and basic health
care
 Principles and strategies to the
components of primary health care
10 Introduction to Primary Health Care
 Definition and philosophy of primary health
care
 Principles and strategies of primary health
care
 Primary health care and basic health care
 Principles and strategies to the components
of primary health care
IV Components of primary Health Care
 National health policies and strategies
on primary health care components
 Role of community people and health
personnel in primary health care
12 Components of primary Health Care
 National health policies and strategies on
primary health care components
 Role of community people and health
personnel in primary health care
V Community Medicine and Public
Health
 Meaning, scope and application of
community medicine and public
health
 Changing approaches in community
medicine and public health
4 Community Medicine: Introduction, scope and
application and Changing approaches in
community medicine
Public Health: Introduction, scope and
application and Changing approaches in public
health
References:
1. Werner D., Sanders D. Questioning the solution: the politics of primary health care and
child survival. Health Rights, 1997.
2. Dixit H. The Quest for Health. Educational Enterprises, Kathmandu, 1999.
3. Freudenberg, N., Eng,E., Flay,B., Parcel,G., Rogers,T., Wallerstein, N. Strengthening
individual and community capacity to prevent disease and promote health: in search of
relevant theories and principles. Health Education Quarterly. 22 (3), 290-306, 1995.
4. Friis,RH & Sellers, TA. (1999). Epidemiology for public health practice. 2nd edition
Gaithersburg, MD: Aspen Publication, 1999.
5. Institute of Medicine. The Future of the Public’s Health in the 21st Century. Washington,
DC: National Academy Press, 2003.
6. Lasker, R.D. Medicine and Public Health: the power of collaboration. New York, NY:
The New York Academy of Medicine, 1997.
7. Park JE and Park K. Text book of social and preventive medicine, 15th edition, 2002.
8. Schwab, M., & Syme, S.L. On Paradigms, Community Participation, and the Future of
Public Health. American Journal of Public Health, 87 (12). 2049-2051, 1997.
52
9. World Health Organization. Alma Ata: primary health care, WHO: Geneva, 1979
10. Oxford of Public Health. Fifth edition
53
54
THIRD SEMESTER
55
AEF 203.3 (Credit hrs 3)
Applied Epidemiology-
BPH, Second Year, Third Semester
Course Objectives:
To explore the concept of applied epidemiology and describe the infectious disease
epidemiology for controlling the diseases. At the end of the course students shall be able to:
 Explain the concept and application of social epidemiology.
 Describe the applied epidemiology of infectious diseases prevalent in Nepal.
Unit Course Description hrs Details
1 Social Epidemiology
 Meaning, scope and application of Social
Epidemiology including history
 Evolution of epidemiology with reference to social
epidemiology
 Study deigns in social epidemiology
 Application of social epidemiology in public health
 Role of social epidemiology in designing disease
control plan and strategies
 Limitation of social epidemiology
10
2 Communicable Diseases Epidemiology
1. viral Infections
Chickenpox, Measles, Mumps, Herpes Zoster,
Influenza, Poliomyelitis, Rotavirus, Viral Hepatitis,
AIDS and other STDs of viral etiology
2. Bacterial Infections
32 SARS, Dengue
syndrome
ARI
56
Streptococcal infections, Meningococcal infection,
Staphylococcal infections, Diphtheria, Whooping
cough, Typhoid, Shigella dysentery and other
diarrhoeal diseases of bacterial etiology, Cholera,
Plague(6), Anthrax, Listeriosis, Tetanus, Gas
gangrene, Tuberculosis, Leprosy, STDs of bacterial
etiology, Yersiniosis, Cryptosporidiosis,
Campylobacter infection, Food poisoning.
3. Fungal Infections
Candidiasis
4. Helminth Infestations
Filaria, infestation by Hookworms, Roundworm,
Strongyloides and other Nematodes, Taenia saginata
and Solium hymenolepis nana and Hydatid cyst.
5. Protozoal Infections
Malaria, Leishmanisais (Kala-zar), Trichomoniasis,
Amboebiasis, Giardiasis.
6. Zoonotic diseases
 Introduction and need of study of zoonotic diseases
in public health: Rabbies, J.E., Plague, anthrax
 Area of collaboration between veterinary and
medical service.
Others
 Trachoma
Tetanus and Gas
Gangrene
Diarrhoeal Diseases
Bacillary dysentery
Gonorrhea, syphilis
Worm infestation:
Round worm,
hookworm, pinworm
and tape worms
3 Health Services for Infectious Diseases in Nepal
Screening programs adopted in Nepal
 Surveillance Programs adopted in Nepal
 Role of EDCD in Screening and surveillance
programme
6
57
BEP 201.3 (Credit hours 3)
Basic Epidemiology II
BPH, Second Year, Third Semester
Course Objectives:
To orient the students in epidemiological study design, calculations and applied epidemiology
Specific Objectives:
Upon the successful completion of the course, the students will be able to
 Develop the knowledge on epidemiological study design
 Calculate and apply frequency measures used in epidemiology
 Understand the applied forms of epidemiology
Course Contents
Unit-I: Epidemiological Study Design 30 hours
1. Frequency Measures Used in Epidemiology
 Definition concept and comparison of proportion, rate and ratio
 Frequency measures used in Morbidity: Incidence and prevalence rate; attack rate and
secondary attack rate; person time rate; rate ratio, risk ratio (relative risk) and odds ratio;
attributable risk and population attributable risk
 Frequency measures used in Mortality: Crude death rate; Cause specific mortality rate;
age, sex and race specific mortality rate; infant mortality rate; case fatality rate; death to
case ratio; Maternal mortality ratio; postnatal mortality rate; proportionate mortality ratio
 Frequency measures used in Natality: Crude birth rate; crude fertility rate; crude rate of
natural increase
2. Study Design
 Types of study: Descriptive, Analytical and Experimental
 Ecological study and ecological fallacy
 Case Control study
o Theoretical foundation
o Nested case control studies
o Selection of cases and control
o Calculation and interpretation of odds ratio in case control study
58
o Comparability of odds ratio and relative risk
o Matching and overmatching
o Advantages and disadvantages of case control study
 Cohort Study
o Theoretical foundation
o Closed cohort and dynamic population study
o Prospective and retrospective cohort study
o Time related aspects of exposure and follow up period
o Selection of comparison group in cohort study
o Calculation and interpretation of risk ratio in cohort study
o Advantages and disadvantages of cohort study
 Experimental Study
o Types of experimental study
 Trials: clinical trials, field trials, community intervention and cluster
randomized trials
o Masking in EXPERIMENTAL study
o Advantages and disadvantages of experimentalstudy
 Validity and reliability and their types:
o Validity: internal vs external
o Reliability : observer, test-retest, ………
 Threats to validity in epidemiological study
o Chance
o Bias and its types
o Concept of confounding and the methods of prevention and controlling it:
randomization, restriction and stratification
o Generalizability
3. Causation and Causal Inference
 Spurious and causal association
 A general model of causation: Concept of necessary and sufficient cause, Rothman’s
causal pie-conceptual scheme for a causes of a hypothetical disease strength of effect,
Interaction among causes, Induction period, generality of the model, Measurement of
strength of association
Unit-II: Special Issues in Epidemiology 8 hours
 Surveillance:
o Objectives of surveillance
o Elements of a surveillance system
o Approaches to surveillance
o Attributes of surveillance
 Screening:
o Natural history and characteristics of diseases
o Effects of screening
59
o Characteristics of screening: Measure of test performance
o Lead time and detectable pre clinical phase: predictive value
o Advantages and disadvantages of screening
Unit-III: Applied Epidemiology 10 hours
 Meaning and Scopes of:
o Social Epidemiology
o Environmental Epidemiology
o Nutritional Epidemiology
o Reproductive Epidemiology
References:
1. Beaglehole R, bonita R, Kjellstrom T. Basic Epidemiology. World Health Organization,
Geneva, 1993.
2. Gordis L Epidemiology. 2nd
Edition, WB Saunders Company, Aharcourt Health Sciences
Company, Philadelphia, 2000.
3. Heninkens CH, Buring JE. Epidemiology in Medicine. Lippincott Williams and Wilkins,
a Wolters Kluwer Company: 1987.
4. MacMahon B, Trichopoulos D. Epidemiology: Principles and Methods. 2nd
Edition.
Boston: Little, Brown, 1996.
5. Principles of Epidemiology: An Introduction to applied Epidemiology and Biostatistics.
2nd
Edition. US Department of Health and Human Service, CDC, Atlanta Georgia
6. Rothman KJ, Greenland S. Modern Epidemiology. 2nd
Edition, Lippincott- Raven
publishers: 1998.
7. Rothman KJ. Epidemiology: an Introduction. Oxford University Press, 2002
Journals:
1. American Journal of Epidemiology
2. European Journal of Epidemiology
60
Health Promotion and Education
HPE 205.3 (Credit hours 3)
BPH, Second Year, Third Semester
Course Objectives:
To appraise the students on the basic concepts of health promotion and education and their
application in public health intervention. At the completion of the course students will be able to
 Understand the history, meaning, scope, principles and theories of health promotion and
education
 Understand and apply different public health approaches, health promotion and education
 Acquire knowledge and skills on health promotion and education methods and media.
Unit Course Description hrs Details
1 Unit-I: Health Promotion and
Education 10 hours
 History of health promotion and
education
 Meaning, concept, principles, scope
and philosophy of Health Education
and Health Promotion
 Roles and responsibilities of public
health specialist in health promotion
and education
 Analytical study of various definitions
of health promotion and education
 Theories and modalities for behavior
change
 Theory of reasoned action
(Sibhbein)
 Health Belief Model (Rosenstock
etc)
 Cognitive Dissonance Theory
(Festinger)
 Force field analysis (Kurt Lewin)
 Motivation theories (Maslow,
Hertzberg)
 Behaviour change communication
(BCC)
 Ottawa Health Charter and Jakarta
declaration of health promotion.
15 Health Promotion and Education
1.1 History of health promotion and
education in global and Nepalese
context
1.2 Concept and definition, principles,
scopes and philosophy and objectives
of Health Education
1.3 Concept and definition and approaches
of Health Promotion
1.4 Analytical study of WHO definitions
of health promotion and education
1.5 Ottawa Health Charter and Jakarta
declaration health promotion.
1.6 Roles and responsibilities of: health
educator, health education specialist an
health workers (Paramedics and
nurses) in health promotion and
education
1.7 Roles and responsibilities of public
health specialist in health promotion
and education
1.8 Theories and modalities of health
promotion and health education
1.8.1. Theories
a. Concept Educational theories (
behavioural, social learning,
cognitive, developmental and
61
 Role of international union for
health promotion and education
(IUHP)
critical)
b. Concept Social Cognitive
theory (Bandura)
c. Theory of Reason Action
(Ajzen and Fishbein-1980)
d. Diffusion of Innovations
theory-(Roger)
e. Cognitive Dissonance Theory
(Festinger)
f. Force field analysis (Kurt
Lewin)
g. Motivation Theory (Maslow
and Hertzberg)
1.8.2 Models
a. Health Belief Model
(Rosenstock etc)
b. PRECEDE-PROCEED
c. Behavior Change and
communication(BCC)
1.9 Role of international union for
health promotion and education
(IUHPE)
1.10 Role of education in public health,
primary health care and social
development
2 Health Promotion and Education
 Role of education in public health,
primary health care and social
development
 Group dynamics: group development
and team building
 Community organization and
community development
 Social and planned change:
o Change process: meaning
importance and kinds
o Change modules: adoption
process; unfreezing, moving
and re-freezing
o Change strategies: homophile,
empathy, reciprocal
15 Fundamental Factors for Health
Promotion and Education
2.1. Communication
 Concept and definition
 Models of communication
 Elements of communication
 Characteristics of communication
 Barriers of communication
 Techniques and Principles
 Theories of communication
2.2. Group dynamics
 Concept and definition of group
dynamics
 Principles and propositions group
dynamics
 Stages of growth of a group
 Organization of good group
 Group roles: Group Building,
62
Group maintenance, Group task
2.3. Leadership
 Concept of leadership and leader
 Characteristics of leadership
 Types of leader and leadership
 Techniques of identifying leader
 Roles and responsibilities and
qualities of leader
2.4. Change Process
 Concept of change process
 Importance of change process
 Social and planned changed
 Lewin Kurt’s change process:
Unfreezing, moving and
unfreezing
 Change strategies: Homophile,
empathy and reciprocal
 Adoption process: Awareness,
Interest, Evaluation, trail and
adoption
2.5. Community Development
 Concept and definition of
community development
 Goals and objectives of community
development
 Techniques of community
development and its application in
public health
2.6. Community organization
 Concept and definition of
community organization
 Goals and objectives of community
organization
 Importance of community
organization
 Principles of community
organization
 Process of community organization
and its application in public health
 Difference between community
development and community
organization
63
2.7. Community participation
 Concept and definition of
community participation
 Goals and objectives of community
participation
 Importance of community
participation public health
 Process of community
participation and its steps
 Evaluation of community
participation
3 Health Promotion and Education:
Methods and Media
 Detail study of theoretical aspect of
communication: meaning, process,
elements, barriers and strategies.
 Comparative study and analysis of
different methods (individual. group
and mass):
o interview, counseling
o Group discussion,
demonstration, role play, panel
discussion, fish-bowl session,
buzz session, mini-lecture,
field trip, workshop and
seminars
o Lecture and exhibition
 Comparative study and analysis of
various media of health Education:
radio, film, television, tape recorder,
film stop, poster, pamphlet, bulletin
board, flash card- flip chart, flannel,
graph and puppet.
18 Health Promotion and Education:
Methods and Media
31 Concept of methods and media
32 Types of methods and media
33 Criteria of selecting appropriate
methods and media
34 Methods (.and ): (Introduction,
Procedure, merits and demerits)
o Individual: interview,
counseling
o Group: Group discussion,
demonstration, role play,
panel discussion, fish-bowl
session, buzz session, mini-
lecture, field trip, workshop
and seminars, case studies
o Mass: Lecture and exhibition
35 Medias health Education: radio,
film, television, tape recorder, film
stop, poster, pamphlet, bulletin
board, flash card- flip chart,
flannel, graph and puppet, chart,
model
64
Health Systems Development I
HSD 204.3 (Credit hours 3)
Course Objectives:
To develop knowledge on the modern concepts and principles of management in general
and public health management in particular. Upon successful completion of the course
students will be able to:
 Introduce the concepts of general administration, development administration and
health administration.
 Explain the modern concept of administration and principles of management.
 Explain the components of public health administration.
 Introduce the function of health management information system
Un
it
Course Description Hrs Detail Sugge
stion
1 Introduction to Public Health
Management and Administration 36 hours
 Concept, principles, scope and
application of public health
management and administration.
 Functions of public health
management and administration.
36 Introduction to Public Health
Management and Administration
 Definition and concept of
management and administration,
Nature and features , Principles of
management, functions of
administration ( POLE) and
function of management (
(POSDCORB)
 Concept and definition, nature and
features of public health
administration and management,
 Objective, importance, scope,
principles, application and level of
health administration
 Functions of public health
management and administration
 Introduction of health services:
national health programs in brief
4
hours
Planning of Health Services
 Introduction of health services
 Strategy formulation
 Elements of planning
 Different method of planning
 Setting objectives
 Management by objectives
 System approach in planning
 Organization of Health Services
 Importance of organization
structures
Planning:
 Planning: definition and
Introduction, objective,
Importance, Process/Steps/
methods of planning, elements,
types of planning (
Strategic/operational, short
term/long term, Single-use and
Standing, proactive/reactive,
formal/informal)
 Strategy formulation: Definition,
5
hours
Strate
gy
manag
ement
Shoul
d be
elabor
ate
65
 Organization theory steps, SWOT analysis
 Setting objectives: definition of
objectives, hierarchy of objectives,
guideline for setting objectives,
benefit of objective setting
 MBO: concept, process,
characteristics, strength and
weakness
 Approaches of planning: Need
based Approach (NBA), Right
Based Approach (RBA)
Organizing
 Organizing: concept of
organization and organizing,
formal and informal organization,
nature of organizing,
 Basic element of organizing:
centralization and decentralization,
delegation of authority, span of
control, division of work,
structures and departmentalization
 Importance of organization
structures
 Organization theory: Classical,
neoclassical and modern (system
approach and contingency
approach)
 Concept of Organogram:
Functional and structural
 Organization of Health Services:
organizational structure of MOHP
and DOHS
with
separa
te
headin
g.
4
hours
Staffing Aspects of the Organizing
Functions
 Staffing pattern.
 Role and responsibilities
 Recruitment and placement
 Career planning opportunities -
training, promotion
 Performances appraisal
 Staff grievances and negotiations.
Staffing:
 Staffing: definition, factor
affecting staffing, job description,
job specification, recruitment,
selection, placement and
orientation, selection technique
and instruments,
 Career planning opportunities :
training and development ( on the
job and off the job training and
4
hours
66
their methods), promotion:
concept, propose and advantages
 Performances appraisal: concept
and methods
 Conflict management
Directing
 Introduction
 Human factor.
 Keys to successful directing
 Delegation as a means of
directing.
 Motivational aspects.
 Leadership.
 Communication
 Monitoring, supervision and
evaluation.
 Controlling function in health
services administration
Directing:
 Directing: introduction, features
and human factor in directing
 Components of Directing: leading,
motivating, communicating and
coordinating
 Process of delegating authority
 Motivational: concept of
motivation and techniques of
motivation of employees (not
motivational theories)
 Leadership: concept. types
(authoritarian, Democratic and
Laissez-faire) and characteristics,
theories (charismatic, trait,
behavioral and contingency), skill
and abilities of a good leader
 Communication: types and barriers
in health service management in
brief.
Controlling:
 Concept, objective and
process/steps
 Controlling function in health
services administration
• Supervision: Definition,
objectives, tools, techniques/
methods, process, skills needed
for effective supervision,
supportive supervision
(concept and characteristics,
issues and constraints regarding
current supervision system in
health service management.
• Monitoring: definition and
features, methods/techniques,
types ( routine, short term,
5
hours
6
hours
67
process and outcome),
Monitoring indicators (input,
output, effect and impact
indicators)
• Evaluation: concept, criteria,
steps, phase (process, outcome,
impact evaluation), methods
(interview, observation, study
of records and reports, meeting
and discussion), type/
technique (internal/self,
external, participatory, rapid
participatory and interactive)
• Similarities and difference
between Supervision,
monitoring and evaluation
• Concept participatory
monitoring and evaluation
(PME)
Co-ordination of Health Services
 Introduction
 Types of co-ordination
 Conceptual co-ordination
 Functional co-ordination
 Organizational co-ordination
Co-ordination: Introduction, types
(external/internal, vertical/horizontal
and intra/inter sectorial),
 Coordination in health services at
various level (central, district and
grassroots)
 Concept of Public Private
Partnership (PPP/PPM) in health
service management in context of
Nepal
3
hours
Budget
 Introduction, process of budgeting
 Fiscal planning (budgeting,
accounting and auditing)
Budget
 Introduction, process of budgeting
 Fiscal planning (budgeting,
accounting and auditing) in brief.
2
hours
Project Formulation and
Management
 Need assessment
 Project proposal writing.
 Identifications of funding sources.
 Project management
 Monitoring program evaluation
review technique/critical path
method
 Need assessment: concept and
process of health need assessment
 Project proposal writing:
element/content of project proposal
with illustration, logical framework
analysis
 Project management: introduction
and characteristics of project,
concept of project management,
project management framework
5
hours
68
(scope, time, cost, quality, HR,
Communication, risk and
Procurement management),
 Network analysis: PERT/CPM
with simple calculation
Reporting
 Importance
 Techniques of report writing format
and content
Reporting
 Concept
 Techniques of report writing
 format and content
 Importance
2
hours
2 Health and Health Service
Management Information System
(HMIS)
 Concept, definition and application
of HMIS
 Objectives of HMIS: 2 way flow of
information: Reporting from health
facilities, district, region to central
level
 Maintenance and use of health
information available at the district
 Introduction of recording and
reporting tools
 Indicators of HMIS
 Use of information for planning and
re-planning of health services
programs.
 Types and techniques of periodic
report writing.
 HMIS as a monitoring tool, systems
in HMIS
 Strengths and weaknesses of current
data collection systems
12 Health Management Information
System (HMIS)
 Concept, definition and objectives
of HMIS
 Recording and reporting tools
 Indicators of HMIS
 Flow of health information and
feedback mechanism in Nepal
 Maintenance of health information
at district and central level (concept
of Data bank)
 Use of information at various levels
(NPC, MoHP, DoHS, district and
operational level)
 HMIS as a monitoring tool:
monitoring sheets, their importance
and maintenance
 Strengths and weaknesses of current
health information system in detail.
8
hours
References (in priority order)
69
Introduction to Sociology and Anthropology
ISA 202.3 (Credit hours 3)
Course Objectives:
To understand the fundamentals of sociology and anthropology for public health. Upon
completion of the course students shall be able to:
 Describe the basic concept of sociology and anthropology
 Explain the social process, social institution and social change
Unit Course Description Hrs
.
Detail (Revised)
1 Introduction to Sociology and
Anthropology 6 hours
 Origin, Meaning, Definition and Scope
of Sociology
 Sub-division of Sociology
 Similarities and differences between
Sociology and other Social Sciences
 Origin, Meaning, Definition and scope
of Anthropology
 Sub division of Anthropology
 Similarities and differences between
Anthropology and other Social Sciences
6 Introduction to Sociology and
Anthropology
 Origin, Meaning, Definition and Scope
of Sociology
 Sub-division of Sociology
 Origin, Meaning, Definition and scope
of Anthropology
 Sub division of Anthropology
 Similarities and differences between
Sociology and anthropology
 Relationship between sociology,
anthropology and public health
2 Basic Concept of Sociology and
Anthropology
1. Society: Introduction, Definition,
Fundamental Essential factors of
Society, Characteristics of Society
2. Community: Introduction, Definition,
Basic Elements of Community,
Characteristics of Community,
Differences between Society and
Community
3. Culture: Introduction, Characteristics of
Culture, Types of Culture
4. Group: Meaning, Definition,
Fundamental factors of Social Group,
Characteristics and Types
5. Institution: Meaning, Definition,
Characteristics of Social Institution
6. Class: Meaning, Definition,
Characteristics and Basic Elements of
Social Class
7. Caste: Meaning, Definition, Merits and
Demerits of Caste System, Causes of
16 Basic Concept of Sociology and
Anthropology
1. Society: Introduction, Definition,
Fundamental Essential factors of
Society, Characteristics of Society
2. Community: Introduction, Definition,
Basic Elements of Community,
Characteristics of Community,
Differences between Society and
Community
3. Culture: Introduction, Characteristics of
Culture
4. Group: Meaning, Definition,
Fundamental factors of Social Group,
Characteristics and Types
5. Institution: Meaning, Definition,
Characteristics of Social Institution
6. Class: Meaning, Definition,
Characteristics and Basic Elements of
Social Class
7. Caste: Meaning, Definition, Merits and
Demerits of Caste System, Causes of the
70
the Changes in Caste System,
Differences between Class and Caste
System
8. Status and Role: Status, Role
9. Meaning, Definition, Characteristics of
Social Norms, Social Structure, Social
Process, Social System, Social Control.
Changes in Caste System, Differences
between Class and Caste System
8. Status and Role: Meaning and Definition
9. Meaning and Definition, Characteristics
of Social Norms, Social Structure, Social
Process, Social System, Social Control.
3 History of Human Society and Culture
 History of Human Society and Culture
 Prehistoric Society and Culture
 Paleolithic, Mesolithic and Neolithic
Society and Culture
 Various Modes of Production, Society
and Culture: Introduction, Feudalist
Mode of Production, Society and
Culture, Capitalist Mode of Production,
Society and Culture, Socialist Mode of
Production, Society and Culture
 Hunting and Gathering, Pastural,
Agririan, and Industrial Society
 State
5 History of Human Society and Culture
 Prehistoric Society and Culture:
Paleolithic, Mesolithic and Neolithic
Society and Culture
 Various Modes of Production, Society
and Culture: Introduction, Feudalist
Mode of Production, Society and
Culture, Capitalist Mode of Production,
Society and Culture, Socialist Mode of
Production, Society and Culture
 Hunting and Gathering, Pastural,
Agririan, and Industrial Society
 State: Meaning, Definition and elements
4 Social Processes
 Socialization: Meaning, Definition,
Characteristics, Agent/Agencies and
Stage of Socialization.
 Acculturation: Introduction,
Characteristics
 Assimilation: Meaning, Definition,
Characteristics, Factors favoring
Assimilation
 Enculturation: Meaning and Definition
 Conflict: Introduction and
Characteristics
 Difference between Humans and
Animal
6 Social Processes
 Socialization: Meaning, Definition,
Characteristics, Agent/Agencies and
Stage of Socialization.
 Acculturation: Introduction,
Characteristics
 Assimilation: Meaning, Definition,
Characteristics, Factors favoring
Assimilation
 Enculturation: Meaning and Definition
 Conflict: Introduction and
Characteristics
5 Social Institution
 Marriage: Introduction, Definition,
Characteristics, Origin, Types and Basic
Function of Marriage
 Family: Introduction, Definition, Forms,
Functions and Changing Situation of
Family Pattern in Nepal.
 Kinship System: Introduction,
Definition, Types, Kinship Terms and
Degree of Kinship.
 Religious Institutions: Definition,
6 Social Institution
 Marriage: Introduction, Definition,
Characteristics, Origin, Types and Basic
Function of Marriage
 Family: Introduction, Definition, Forms,
Functions and Changing Situation of
Family Pattern in Nepal.
 Kinship System: Introduction,
Definition, Types, Kinship Terms and
Degree of Kinship.
 Religious Institutions: Definition,
71
Origin, Perspective and Social
Importance of Religion.
 Political Institutions: Introduction,
Condition of Political Institutions in
Nepal and Political Parties.
 Economical Institutions: Introduction,
Forms of Current Nepalese Economic
System
Origin, Perspective and Social
Importance of Religion.
 Political Institutions and political parties:
Introduction, definition and functions.
 Economical Institutions: Introduction,
trends of Current Nepalese Economic
System
6 Cultural and Social Change
 Introduction, Definition,
Characteristics of Social Change
and Cultural Change
 Factors of Socio-cultural Change
 Process or Mechanism of Socio-
cultural Change
 Consequences of Social and
Cultural Change
4 Cultural and Social Change
 Introduction, Definition, Characteristics
of Social Change and Cultural Change
 Factors of Socio-cultural Change
 Process or Mechanism of Socio-cultural
Change
 Consequences of Social and Cultural
Change
7 Uses of Sociology and Anthropology
 Introduction
 Utility of Sociology and Anthropology
 Sociological and Anthropological
Knowledge in the Context of Socio-
Cultural Development
 People Participation
 Participatory Planning
Participatory Monitoring and Evaluation
5 Uses of Sociology and Anthropology
 Introduction
 Utility of Sociology and Anthropology
 Sociological and Anthropological
Knowledge in the Context of Socio-
Cultural Development
 People Participation and Participatory
Planning: Meaning, Definition and
importance
 Participatory Monitoring and
Evaluation: Meaning and process
72
FOURTH SEMESTER
73
APE 206.3 (Credit hours 3)
Applied Epidemiology II
BPH, Second Year, Fourth Semester
Course Objectives:
To explore the concept of Non Communicable diseases epidemiology and design the study
for controlling the diseases. (After) the completion of the course students shall be able to:
o Understand the epidemiology of non-communicable disease.
o Internalize epidemiological aspects of conflict and disaster management
o Conceptualize the field epidemiology
Unit Course Description Hrs Details
I Non-communicable Diseases
Epidemiology
 Growing nature of non-communicable
diseases and their impact on the
population
 Methods of analyzing information to
determine risk factors
 Applied Epidemiology of Accidents,
mental health, Suicide, COPD, CVD,
Cancer, Drug Abuse, Diabetes
Chemical and Food Poisoning, Snake
bite.
 Deficiency Diseases: PCM/PEM,
VADD, Rickets, Osteomalacia,
Beriberi, and IDA, IDB and others.
 Identification of problems
encountered in investigations with
respect non- infectious diseases and
health problems commonly prevalent
in Nepal.
12  Trend and Current Scenario of
NCDS: Concept of Double and
triple burden of disease, Impacts
of NCDS on Population.
 Methods of analyzing information
to determine risk factors
Epidemiological Perspectives
 Overview of Accidents: Road
traffic accidents (RTA),
 Non bacterial food poisoning.
 Cardiovascular disorders:
Rheumatic fever, Hypertension,
CVA, MI.
 Cancer: Lung cancer, Breast and
cervical cancer.
 Drug Abuse, Diabetes mellitus,
 Mental health problems:
Psychosis, Neurosis
 Chronic Obstructive Disease
 Epidemiological perspectives on
Vitamin deficiency disorders (A,
B12, C, D), Protein energy
malnutrition, mineral deficiency
disorders (Iron, Iodine), Low
birth weight
74
II Epidemiological aspects of Conflict and
Disaster Management
 Application of epidemiology during
conflict and disaster
 Epidemiological studies during the
conflict and disaster
 Consequences of conflict and disaster
Casualties
Disease outbreak
Famine and starvation
Higher morbidity and mortality
 Disaster Planning, Preparedness and
prevention
Short-term management:
 Management of health
problems.
- Resources mobilization.
Long-term management:
- Forecasting of disasters
- Conflict management
26 Epidemiological aspects of
Conflict and Disaster
Management
 Meaning and concept of conflict
and disaster
 Consequences of conflict and
disaster
Casualties
Disease outbreak
Famine and starvation
Higher morbidity and
mortality
 Epidemiological studies during
the conflict and disaster
 Application of epidemiology
during conflict and disaster
 Disaster Planning, Preparedness
and prevention
Short-term management:
 Management of health
problems.
 Resources mobilization.
Long-term management:
 Forecasting of disasters
 Conflict management
III Field Epidemiology
 Components of field epidemiology
 Guideline for epidemiological study
 Format for epidemiological study
10  Concept of field epidemiology
 Field techniques
 Proposal development
 Ethical aspect of epidemiological
study
 Steps to conduct epidemiological
study and presentation of
information.
References:
1. DOHS, Epidemiology and Disease Control Division. Control of Communicable Disease
Manual 2003.
2. Chin J. Control of Communicable Disease Manual. An Official Report of the American
Public Health Association, 2000.
3. DOHS, Epidemiology and Disease Control Division. National Recommended Case
Definitions and Surveillance Standards 2003.
75
4. Frank AL, Taber LH, Wells CR, et al. Patterns of shedding myxoviruses and
paramyxoviruses in children. J Infect Dis 1981;144: 433– 41.
5. Monto AS, Cavallaro JJ. The Tecumseh study of respiratory illness. II. Patterns of
occurrence of infection with respiratory pathogens, 1965–1969. Am J Epidemiol 1971;
94:280
6. National Health and Medical Research Council. The Australian Immunization Handbook.
7th ed. Canberra: AGPS, 2000.
7. Tyrrell DA, Cohen S, Schlarb JE. Signs and symptoms in common colds. Epidemiol
Infect 1993;111: 143–56.
8. Vazquez M, LaRussa PE, Gershon A, et al. The effectiveness of the varicella vaccine in
clinical practice. N Engl J Med 2001; 344: 955-960.
9. Winther B, Gwaltney JM, Jr, Mygind N, et al. Sites of rhinovirus recovery after point
inoculation of the upper airway. JAMA 1986; 256:1763–7.
10. www.cdc.gov
11. www.who.int
Journals:
1. American Journal of Epidemiology
2. European Journal of Epidemiology
76
MSA 207.3 (Credit hours 3)
Medical Sociology and Anthropology
BPH, Second Year, Fourth Semester
Course Objectives:
To analyze the behavioral, social, and cultural factors associated with health and illness.To
develop an understanding of theories associated with health and illness that draw broadly from
the social and behavioral sciences, including psychology, sociology and anthropology.
At the end of the course students shall be able to:
 Develop an understanding of public health initiatives that are based on social science
theories
 Apply the concept of sociology/anthropology in health care practices.
 Demonstrate an understanding of social and behavioral public health initiatives through
class discussions, term paper, and oral presentation
 Develop in-depth knowledge of a specific public health initiative that is based on social
science theory
 Develop an understanding of research issues in social and behavioral public health
 Analyze the factors influencing motivation in adopting of innovations on acceptance of
modern health care facilities.
Unit Course Contents Hrs Details
I Medical Sociology and Anthropology
1. Introduction
 Common terminologies: Ethnicity, Mores, Folk Ways, Social
System, Social Control, Social Disorganization, Social Problems,
Acculturation, Enculturation, Socialization, Cooperation,
Accommodation, Assimilation, Conflict, Modernization,
Westernization, Sanskrtisation, Ethnomedicine, Ethnopsychiatry,
Value, Beliefs, Perception, Knowledge, Attitude, Behavior,
Custom, Habit, Self Medication, Institution, Organization.
 Branches of Sociology and Anthropology
 History, Present Status, Emergence and Future of Medical Sociology
and anthropology
38
2. Health Behavior, Illness Behavior and Sickness Role
 Health Behavior
 Definitions of Health.
 Definitions of Health Behavior and Health Status.
77
 Models of Health Behavior.
 The Health Belief Model.
 An Emerging Model of Health Behavior.
 The Influence of Health Promotion and Lifestyle on Health
Behavior.
 Social-Structural Influences on Health and Health Behavior.
Illness Behavior
 Interpretations of Illness Behavior.
 Self Care, Socio Demographic Variables, Socio Economic
Status, Predisposing, Enabling and Need Components.
 Socio Psychological Models of Illness Behavior:
o David Mechanic theory: TEN determinants
o Suchman's Stages of Illness Behavior.
 The symptom experience stage.
 Assumption of sick role stage.
 The medical care contact stage.
 The dependent / patient role stage.
 The recovery of rehabilitation stage
Sickness Role
 The Importance of the Sick Role.
 The Sick Role: An Introduction to Illness as Deviance and sickness
as social deviance and being sick.
 The Influence of Sex, Age, Race and Ethnicity, and social Class on
the Sick Role.
 Meaning and significance of the interpersonal relationship.
 The Physician- Patient Role relationship: Model’s of Interaction and
cultural difference in communication
o Person's sick role model.
o Swaz and Hollander's model.
o Communication pattern between modern provider - consumer
and indigenous provider- consumer relationship.
o Barriers on effective provider consumer relationship.
3. The History of Medicine
 The History of Medicine in Western Civilization.
 The Dawn of Civilization to Egyptian Medicine.
 The Influence of Greek and Roman Medicine.
 Medicine and the Medieval Period.
 Medicine in an Industrial Society.
 Traditional and Alternative Medicines/Practitioners.
o Alternative Medicines and Their Practitioners.
o Homeopathic Medicine.
o Acupuncture.
78
o Ayurveda.
o Barefoot Doctors.
o Modern Practitioners of Traditional Medicine.
4. Socialization and Social Learning in Health
 Definition, meaning, and significance of socialization and health
socialization.
 Agencies ,Characteristics and stage of socialization
 Theories of socialization (Sigmund Freud, Cooley, G S Mead)
 Social learning and its importance in health.
 Essentials of socialization in health.
5. Culture and Health
 Meaning and definition of culture.
 Characteristics, Elements and Types of culture.
 Cross-culture examples of culture in relation to behavior and
health problem in health care system.
 Role of indigenous healers in primary health care.
 Self-medication and other prevailing health care practice in
Nepal.
6. Socio-cultural Change, Social Problem and Control
 Definition and Nature of social and cultural change.
 Factors, Causes and Barriers of change
 Process of Socio cultural change
 Consequences of socio cultural change
 Meaning, Nature and Cause of social problem.
 Social problems: Prostitution, Sexual abuse, Alcoholism, Drug
abuse, Crime, Suicide, Child labor and their impact in society and
health.
 Meaning, Purpose and Agencies of social control.
 Practice of social control in health in Nepal.
7. Research Methods in Sociology/Anthropology
 Meaning, steps and concept of basic, applied and sociological
anthropological research.
 Distinction between qualitative and quantitative research.
 Methods of sociological and anthropological research.
8. Policy and Politics of Health
 Health Care Policy and politics in terms of historical and
contemporary issues related to access, quality, and cost.
Organizational, financing.
9. Legislative aspects of health
 Role of health advocacy and lobbying in health policy formation.
 Legislative procedure related to health.
10. Executive aspects of health
79
 Executive structure for health service administration and
management.
 Executive decision and their effect on health policy formation.
 Executive decision making and their effect on
 health program implementation.
11. Judicial Aspects of Health
 Health Law: nature, implementation strategies and challenges.
 Control of health hazards through health laws and regulation.
 Legal protection against the threats to physical, mental and social
health of public.
 Health law and preventive public health.
 Epidemics and health laws.
II Social Psychology
1. Introduction to Social Psychology
 Terminology: Terminology and concepts useful in studying
health problem, body-mind relationship, Level of consciousness,
Dynamic system of personality, Drivers and motives, Adjustment
mechanism, Stress, crisis and disease
 Definition and significance of behavioral science
 Relationship between, sociology, psychology and anthropology in
health.
2. Motivation
 Meaning and definitions of motivation.
 Maslow's concept of human motivation, including hierarchy of
needs.
 Role of motivation in learning and health education.
 Motivation and adoption of innovation.
 Motivation towards utilizing modern health facilities.
3. Emotion
 Meaning, characteristics
 James Lange Theory, Cannon Bard Theory, Schachter-Singer
theory of Emotions.
 States of Emotions: Positive emotion (Love, Laughter, Hope,
Optimism, Self Confidence and Negative emotion (Anger, Fear,
Sadness, Boredom, Guilt)
4. Frustration and Conflicts
 Meaning, Source and reactions of Frustration.
 Types of Conflict (Approach – Approach, Avoidance –
Avoidance, Approach- Avoidance, Multiple Approach-
Avoidance)
10
References
80
1. Alford RR. Health Care Politics. Chicago: University of Chicago Press 1975.
2. Dixit H. Quest for Health. Educational Enterprises, Katmandu, 1999.
3. Foster GM., Anderson BG. Medical Anthropology. Alfred a. Knopf, New York, 1978.
4. Freeman E., Howard L.S., Reeder GL(ed). Handbook of Medical Sociology. 3rd
Edition,
Prentice Hall, Inc. Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey, 1979.
5. Van Der GS. Whyte SR. The Context of Medicines in Developing Countries: Studies in
Pharmaceutical Anthropology, 1991. Het spinguis publishers, Amsterdam, The
Netherlands.
List Current Essential References
81
EOH 208.3 (Credit hours 3)
Environmental Health and Occupational Health
BPH, Second Year, Fourth Semester
Course Objectives:
To clarify the concept and application of environmental health that can support in understanding
the relationship between environment and human health. At the completion of the course
students shall be able to:
 Understand the concept of environmental health.
 Explore the environmental health problems of Nepal
 Clarify the role of water resource and solid waste in promoting public health
Unit Course Contents H
rs
Details
Unit
-I:
Introduction to
Environmental Health
 Concept and application
of environmental health
 Scope of environmental
health
 Components of
environmental health
5 Unit I: Introduction to Environmental Health
Concept and application of environmental health (2)
 Meaning ,Concept of Importance of environment
 Environmental segments
 Meaning, concept and application of environmental
health
 Factors affecting in environmental health
Physical --Water & Air, Noise, Lighting, Radiation,
Climate, Wastes
Chemicals
-Insecticides &fertilizers
Biological – Microbial, parasite and Insects
Scope of environmental health (2)
-Agent: chemical, Biological, Physical ( air, water,
soil, food →transported to human through inhalation,
ingestion, or skin absorption)
-Host: genetics, nutrition, immunity, age.
-Exposure
-Effect: acute/delayed onset, clinical/subclinical,
reversible/irreversible.(preventive medicine)
-Manifestation
-Social Science: law, interventions
 Components of environmental health
-Physical: Water, air, soil, housing, waste, radiation.etc
-Biological; ( Plants & animals, bacteria, viruses,
insects ,rodents).
- Social: Culture, customs, habits, income, occupation,
religion etc
82
II Common Environmental
Health Problems of
Nepal
- Environmental
Problems in Rural
Areas
o Poor
sanitation and
hygiene
o Indoor air
pollution
o Unsafe
drinking
water
o Flooding and
drought
o River siltation
o Loss of
Biodiversity
o Deforestation
o Soil erosion
o Desertificatio
n
- Environmental
Problems in Urban
Areas
o Air pollution
o Industrial
pollution
o Water
pollution
2
0
Unit II: Common Environmental Health Problems of
Nepal
 Environmental Problems in urban and Rural Areas
of Nepal
 Environmental problems due to
- Physical: air pollution due to smoke: using coal, oil &
wood for cooking, soil, housing,
-Biological: Plant & animal sources:-Micro-organisms,
insects, rodents & animals
- Social:-Culture, customs, habit, income ,occupation
- Chemicals: insecticides, pesticides,
 Poor sanitation and hygiene
-Human excreta disposal in open field ,Lack of
physical resources, Improper housing system, poor
personal hygiene, Insufficient safe water, Indoor air
pollution , Definition of the term, Poor ventilation
system, Insufficient rooms for the family, Storing
grains & agricultural products inside the home, Smoke
from the kitchen ,Poor personal hygiene & sanitation
 Unsafe drinking water
-contamination from the source, Insanitary handling &
storage, Use of improper container, problems
 Flooding and drought
-Meaning, causes and Situation of flooding and
drought in Nepal, Problems of flooding and drought,
Poor quality of drinking water, Decaying of organic
material, Environmental pollution due to wastes
carried by food, shortage of water due to draught, Loss
in balance of ecosystem
 River siltation
- Meaning , causes and situation in Nepal, Problems
 Loss of Biodiversity, Deforestation, Soil erosion,
Desertification
- Meaning , causes and situation in Nepal, Problems,
Loss of balance in ecosystem, Flooding & draught
cause change in climate
 Environmental Problems in Urban Areas
-Physical: Air, water, soil, housing, radiation etc
Biological: Plant & animal sources:-Micro-organisms,
insects, rodents & animals.
-Social:-Culture, customs, habit, income ,occupation
-Chemicals: insecticides, pesticides,
 Air pollution
-Definition of the term
-Sources of air pollution; Automobile, Industries,
Domestic , Tobacco smoke, Miscellaneous ( burning of
refuse, incinerators, pesticide spraying, wind borne
dust, fungi, molds, bacteria), air movement.
 Industrial pollution
- Definition of the term
-Smoke, Dust, chemicals, Fumes(Steam & other)
83
III Water Resources
Management
- Types, sources and
effects of water
pollution
- Rivers and ground
water pollution
- Sources of water
supply and
availability in Nepal
(rural and urban)
- Human health and
water quality
- Water and water
related diseases.
- Water purification,
WHO standard and
prevention and
control measures.
- Liquid waste
management
1
4
Unit III: Water Resources Management
 Types, sources and effects of water pollution
Types
-Biological(Bacteria, virus, protozoa, helminthes,
leptospirasis, snail-systosomiasis, Cyclops-guinea
worm, fish tape worm)
-Chemical-industrial & agricultural wastes
Sources of water pollution
-Sewage, industrial waste, agricultural pollutants,
physical pollutants
 Rivers and ground water pollution
-River water pollution -surface washings, sewage
water. Industrial &trade wastes, drainage from
agricultural areas, bathing, animal washing, disposal
of dead animals & other.
 Ground water pollution-Sewage, industrial waste,
agricultural pollutants, physical pollutants
 Sources of water supply and availability in Nepal (rural
and urban)- Rain, Surface Water, Ground Water,
Central supply (Urban.)
 Human health and water quality
-Potable water
-Minimum standard of water quality.
 Water and water related diseases.
-Pollution of water
-Water related diseases- Biological(Viral, Bacterial,
Protozoal, Helminthic, Leptospiral, Snail, Cyclops
(Guineaworm, Fish tape worm)
-Chemical-Diseases borne due to detergent solvents,
cyanides, heavy metals, minerals & organic acids,
nitrogenous substances, bleaching agents, dyes,
pigments, sulfides, ammonia, toxic organic
compounds. & water associated diseases.
 Water purification, WHO standard and prevention and
control measures
-Definition of the term
-Methods-Storage, Filtration, Disinfection
 Liquid waste management
-Pit method
-Drainage method
-Storage method
84
IV Solid Waste
- Solid waste
production and
disposal
- Resource recovery
from solid waste
(including human
excreta)
- Types, sources and
effects of hazardous
wastes
- Control and
management of
hazardous wastes
9 Unit IV: Solid Waste
 Solid waste production and disposal
- Definition of the term
-composition of solid waste
-Method of disposal
 Resource recovery from solid waste (including human
excreta)
-Bio-gas production
-Compost fertilizer
 Types, sources and effects of hazardous wastes
-Definition of the term
-Characteristics of hazardous waste
-Industrial factory, Household, Agriculture, Hospital
 Control and management of hazardous wastes
References
1. Beacon Press, MOPE, State of the Environment of Nepal, Kathmandu: Ministry of
Pollution and Environmental Nepal 2000.
2. FAO/WHO. Health and Environment in Sustainable Development WHO/EHG/97.8 1997
3. Miller, Tyler, Environmental Science. USA: Wadsworth Inc1988.
4. MOPE/ICIMOD/UNEP (2001), Nepal: State of the Environment Report 2001.
Kathmandu: UNEP /ICIMOD
5. Ojha. S. Watawarniya swasthya re sarsaphai, Kathmandu: Health Learning, Material
Centre, BS 2046.
6. Sloan, WM Site selection for new hazardous waste management facilities. WHO1993.
7. WHO. WHO commission on health and environment. Report of the panel on food and
agriculture. Geneva: WHO1992.
8. WHO. Climate Change and Human Health, WHO/WMO/UNEP, 1996.
9. WHO. Guideline for Drinking Water Quality: Health Criteria and other Supporting
Information, WHO 1996.
10. WHO. Monitoring Ambient Air Quality for Health Impact Assessment, WHO1999.
11. WHO. Surface Water Drainage for Low-income Communities, WHI/UNEP1991.
12. Whyte, A. Guidelines for planning community participations in water supple and
sanitation project. WHO1986.
List Current Essential References
85
FDN 209.3 (Credit hours 3)
Food and Nutrition-I
BPH, Second Year, Fourth Semester
Course Objectives:
To develop knowledge on nutrition, nutrient requirements of different age groups, skills in
assessing the nutritional status and interference to improve malnutrition. Upon successful
completion of the course students shall be able to:
 Introduce the concepts of food and nutrition and the processes of food utilization for
health growth & development
 Understand the needs of major nutrients at population with individual level their daily
requirements
 Assess nutritional status of individuals and communities
 Explore context appropriate nutritional interventions
Unit Course contents hrs Details Suggestion
I Introduction to Basic Food
Science and Nutrition
 Nutrition as public health
science
 Concept of food and
nutrition
 Classification,
composition and nutritive
value of foods
 Conceptual framework of
(under-nutrition and over
nutrition) malnutrition
 Macronutrients and their
functions
 Micronutrients and their
functions
 Balanced diet/food
pyramid and non nutrient
nutrition promoters
8 A. Introduction to Food and Nutrition
i. Concept of Food and Nutrition: Definition of Food and
Nutrition, Objective of Nutrition, Function of
Nutrition, and
ii. Classification of foods by various ways
iii. Macronutrients (Carbohydrate, Protein and Fats):
Functions, Sources, Daily Requirement and Deficiency
Diseases and Disorders
iv. Micronutrients (Vitamins and Minerals): Functions,
Sources, Daily Requirement and Deficiency Disease
and Disorders of all Vitamins and Iron and Iodine in
detail and other minerals in brief.
v. Dietary fibers and non nutrient nutrition promoters
vi. Composition and Nutritive value of foods of
commonly available foods in Nepal
vii. Concept of Balance Diet and Food Pyramids
B. Introduction to Public Health Nutrition
viii. Concept and Definition, Objectives, Scope and
Application of Public Health Nutrition
ix. Analysis of Nutritional Problems of Developed and
Developing Countries
x. Mal nutrition: Concept of Malnutrition (under
nutrition and over Nutrition), Causes of Malnutrition,
Intergenerational cycle of Malnutrition, Conceptual
frame work of malnutrition and Various classification
of Malnutrition, Risk factors, Sign and Symptoms,
difference between Kwashiorkor and Marasmus, WHO
guideline for management of malnutrition,
Management of Global Acute Malnutrition and
Chronic Acute Malnutrition (added)
12
86
II Metabolism of
Macronutrients
 Basic concept of human
physiology- Digestion,
assimilation and
degradation at Cells,
tissues-organ, system and
the body
 Digestion, metabolism
(catabolism and
anabolism) of
Carbohydrate, Protein,
Fat, Vitamin, Mineral.
12 Metabolism of Macronutrients and Micronutrients
i. Digestion and absorption of carbohydrate, protein and
lipids.
ii. Glycolysis of Carbohydrate
iii. Glycogensis and Glycogenolysis
iv. Citric Acid Cycle
v. Electron transfer Chain
vi. ATP Synthatase
vii. B Oxidation of Fats
viii. Metabolism of Individual Aminoacids
ix. Deficiency and toxicity of each vitamins
x. Deficiency and toxicity of each Minerals
10
III Nutritional Requirements of
Different Age Group
 Nutrition needs of infant
and young child,
pregnant, lactating,
adolescents and aged
 Counseling and
management of
malnutrition in children –
Nutritional Rehabilitation
 Foods beliefs, taboos and
changing trends of food
habits
 Lifecycle approach, in
nutrition promotion with
focus on
intergenerational effects
of malnutrition
12 Nutritional Requirement of different age groups
i. Basic concepts: Recommended Dietary Allowances,
Basal Metabolic Rate, Measurement of Energy,
Reference man and women
ii. Nutritional Requirement of Infants
iii. Nutritional Requirement of young children
iv. Nutritional Requirement of Adolescents
v. Nutritional Requirement of Adults
vi. Nutritional Requirement of Geriatric populations
vii. Nutritional Requirement of pregnant women and
Lactating Mothers
viii. Nutritional Counseling
ix. Nutritional Rehabilitation: Introduction, Importance
and practice in Nepal.
x. Culture and nutrition: Foods beliefs, taboos and
changing trends of food habits (food faddism)
xi. Lifecycle approach in nutrition promotion with focus
on intergenerational cycle of malnutrition
10
87
IV Assessment of Nutritional
Status and Major Indicators
 Diet Surveys
 Biochemical assessment
 Anthropometrics
measurement
 Clinical Assessment
 Indirect Parameters of
Nutritional status
 Nutrition Indicators and
HMIS
16 Assessment of Nutritional Status
i. Concept, objectives and Methods of Nutritional
Assessment
ii. Diet Survey: concepts, methods and calculation
iii. Clinical Assessment: concept, WHO/FAO
classification of clinical signs, clinical sign and
symptoms of major nutritional Problems (PEM,
IDDs, VADDs, IDA, Obesity, Ascorbic Acid,
Thiamin and Niacin)
iv. Laboratory and Biochemical Assessment: Initial
laboratory test (HB%, Stool/Urine microscopy),
special biochemical tests
v. Anthropometric Measurement: weight for
age(under Nutrition), Height (length) for age
(Stunting), weight for height (wasting), BMI,
MUAC, Skin fold thickness and wrist
circumference and hip-wrist ratio
with their public health significance
vi. Use of Computer software for nutrition
analysis: WHO Anthro, Epi info. (added)
vii. Indirect Parameters of Nutritional Assessment
viii. Concept of Nutritional indicators and nutritional
indicators used in current HMIS of Nepal.
16
References
1. Bamji M.S., Rao NP, Reddy V. Textbook of Human Nutrition, Oxford & IBH Publishing
Co. Pvt. Ltd.
2. Gopalan BV, Sastri R and S.C. Balasubramaniam. Nutritive Value of Indian Foods.
Hyderabad, India. NIN and Indian Medical Research: 1994
3. Felicity SK and Aurgess A. Nutrition for Developing Countries, Second edition, Oxford
University Press: 1992
4. His Majesties Government of Nepal, Department of Health Services. Annual Report,
5. 2003/2004
6. MoH/MI/New ERA. Nepal Micronutrient Status Survey, Kathmandu: 1998.
7. Asian Development Bank, UNICEF. Investing in Child Nutrition in Asia: Nutrition
8. and Development Series No. 1 edited by Joseph Hunt and M.G. Quibria,
9. MoH/New ERA/ORC Macro. Nepal Demographic Health Survey. 2001, Kathmandu:
2002
10. Swaminathan M. Advanced textbooks on foods and nutrition, Volume II & I. India:
Bappco 1990.
List current Essential References
 Swaminathan M.: Advanced textbooks on foods and nutrition, Volume II & I. India:
Bappco 1990.
 Park K.: Textbook of Preventive and Social Medicine, 20th
edition 2010.
 National Nutrition Policy and Strategy of Nepal. 2004.
88
HPE 210.3 (Credit hours 3)
Applied Health Promotion and Education
BPH, Second Year, Fourth Semester
Course Objectives:
To develop the practical knowledge on the development and establishment of health education
and promotion interventions in national health system. At the end of the course students shall be
able to:
 Critically appraise health education, promotion and policy, strategy and activities in
Nepal
 Carry out school health promoting activities including life skill education
 Plan health promotion and education program.
 Implement, monitor and evaluate health education programs in Nepal.
Unit Course contents hrs Details
I Health Promotion and Education in
Nepal
 Policy strategy programs
regarding health promotion and
education in Nepal
 Institutions responsible for
delivering the health promotion
and education in Nepal
 Review of the health promotion
and education activities at
different institutions.
 NHEICC and its programs, policy
and activities.
8 Health Promotion and Education in
Nepal
 Policy, strategy and programs of
health promotion and education in
Nepal
 Institutions responsible for delivering
the health promotion and education in
Nepal
 Review of the health promotion and
education activities at different
institutions.
 NHEICC and its programs, policy and
activities
II Health Promoting Institutions
 Meaning, importance, areas, steps
and life skill education
 Health promoting work place.
10 Health Promoting Institutions
 Meaning, importance, areas, steps and
life skill education
 Health promoting work place.
89
III Planning of Health Promotion and
Education Program
 Meaning, importance and steps of
planning
 Health risk appraisal and
management issues
 PRECED, PROCEED framework
of health education diagnosis,
planning and evaluation: Concept,
steps and its application in priority
PHC program interventions
 Different planning approaches in
health promotion and education
15 Planning of Health Promotion and
Education Program
 Meaning, importance and steps of
planning
 Health risk appraisal and management
issues
 PRECED-PROCEED framework of
health education diagnosis, planning
and evaluation: Concept, steps and its
application in priority PHC program
interventions
 Different planning approaches in
health promotion and education
IV Implementation, Monitoring and
Evaluation of Health Promotion
and Education Program
 Implementation approaches
(community, organization,
leadership, participation)
 Monitoring indicator promotion of
health education program
(process, effects and impact
indicators)
15 Implementation, Monitoring and
Evaluation of Health Promotion and
Education Program
 Implementation approaches
(community, organization, leadership,
participation)
 Monitoring indicator promotion of
health education program (process,
effects and impact indicators)
References
1. Armin MF Goidschmidt. Bemd Hofer, Communication between Doctor and Patients in
Thailand. Saarbncken 1972.
2. David K. Berio. The process of communication. Holt. Rinehert and Winston inc. 1960
3. Devid Bedworh & Albert Bed Worth. Health Education: A Process of human effectiveness.
Harper and raw NY, 1978
4. Freire Paulo. Pedagogy of Oppressed. New York, the Seaburt Press. 1974
5. Guilbert.J.J. Educational Hand book for Health professional, Geneva: WHO, 1977
6. International Journal of Health Promotion and Education, Quarterly- An official publication of
International Union of Health Promotion and Education; Different volumes
7. Joseph Luft. Group Processes - An introduction to group dynamics. Joseph 2nd
edition, 1970
8. Murray G. Ross. Community Organization. Harper and Row Publishers , 1964
9. Skinner, B.F. About Behaviouralism, New York, Alped A Knoff. 1974.
90
FIFTH SEMESTER
91
Applied Environmental and Occupational Health I
BPH, Third Year, Fifth Semester
Course Objectives:
To help understand the fundamental relation between environments, occupational practices and
public health and to provide the framework for the improvement of public health through the
management of environmental resources. Upon successful completion of the course students
shall be able to:
 Explore the relationship between environmental resources, occupational practices and public
health
 Understand the importance and implication of ecological life support system and the
ecosystem health on human health and livelihood.
 Apply environmental (ecosystem) management approaches to improve human health.
 Describe the concept of environmental burden of human diseases and occupational health;
interlink diseases and public health problems to the degradation of environmental resources
and occupational policies.
Unit Course Description Hr
s.
Detail suggestio
n
1 Environment, Biology and Ecology8
hours
1. Concept of environment, biology and
ecology.
2. Human-environment interaction and
human impact on ecosystems.
3. Ecosystem approach
4. Ecosystem approach to human health
and diseases
5. Agro ecosystem
6. Links between agro ecosystem
and human health
7. Concept of human well-being
8 Unit: Ecosystem and Human health
 Concept of Ecology, Ecosystem and
Environmental Biology
 Life supporting system
 Human-environment Interaction and
human impact on ecosystem
 Ecosystem approach to human health
and diseases
 Agroecosystem
 Links between Agroecosystem and
human health
 Concept of human well being
8 hrs
2 Biodiversity and Its Conservation8 hours
 Basic concepts and importance of
biodiversity
 Biodiversity and biotechnology.
 Challenges to the preservation of
biodiversity.
 Biodiversity and human health
 Conservation and its impact on human
health
8  Basic concept of Biodiversity
 Importance of Biodiversity
 Challenges to preservation of
biodiversity
 Concept of Biopiracy
 Biodiversity conservation in Nepal
 Use of Biodiversity in Biotechnology
(esp. environmental pollution
control)
8 hrs
3 Air Pollution 8 hours
1. Types and sources of air pollution
2. Effects of air pollution on biological
8  Types and sources of Air pollution
 Major pollutants of atmosphere
 Effects of air pollution on human
8 hrs
92
system
3. Effects of air-pollution on human health
4. Effects of air-pollution on Ozone layer
and global climate
5. Management of air pollution
health, animal, vegetation, materials
 Effects of air pollution on ozone
layer and climate
 Photochemical smog
 Management of air pollution
4 Pesticide pollution  Types and uses of pesticide in Nepal
 Effects of Pesticides on human health
 Alternative methods of pest control
 Integrated Pest Management(IPM)
 Pesticides acts and regulation
4 hrs
5 Environmental Toxicology12 hours
 Basic concept of environmental
toxicology
 Air, soil and water pollution
 Food and food additives
 Risk assessment and monitoring
 Factors influencing toxicity
 Route of exposure and toxicity
 Management of environmental toxicity
problem
 Emergence of resistance
 Basic concept of environmental
toxicology
 Toxic agents related Air, soil and
water pollution
 Route of exposure
 Factors influencing toxicity
 Risk assessment and management
 Emergence of resistance
 Environmental toxicity management
10 hrs
6 Occupational Health and Safety
Development 12 hours
 Application of concept of occupational
health and safety in Nepal
 Major occupational diseases in Nepal
 Control and treatment of occupational
diseases
 Policies related to occupational health
 Promotion of occupational health
 Critical analysis of programs related to
occupational health
12 Occupational Health and Safety
 Meaning and scope of occupational
health and safety
 Historical development of
occupational health
 Workman’s compensation
 Occupational diseases
 Occupational health practices applied
to specific exposure: physical,
chemical and biological
10 hrs
93
Course Objectives:
Food and Nutrition II
BPH, Third Year, Fifth Semester
To develop knowledge on food hygiene, existing nutritional program in Nepal and social cultural
aspect of food and nutrition. At the end of the course students shall be able to:
Explain the concept of the food hygiene, food processing, and food adulteration to the
public health promoters
Assess, monitor and evaluate the nutritional program in Nepal.
Explore and address the socio-cultural factor of food and nutrition in relation to public
health promote
Unit Course Description Hrs Detail suggesti
on
1 Food Hygiene, Food Processing and
Food Adulteration 12 hours
 Food hygiene, at family and
industrial level, effect on health
 Food and the effects of unhygienic
food and health
 Food hygiene and nutrition during
preparation, processing, storage
and consumption
 Food adulteration, it causes and
health effects
 Health and Food Acts and its
implementation
12 Food hygiene and sanitation:
 Food hygiene: definition, objective,
Component( Milk, Meat, Fish, egg,
fruit and vegetables hygiene), of food
hygiene
 Food sanitation: meaning, source of
contamination, prevention of
contamination
 Food handlers
 Food hygiene at home
 Food hygiene at industry
 International code of practice: general
principles of food hygiene
Food preparation, processing and
preservation
 Food Preparation: WHO "Golden
Rules" for Safe Food Preparation,
cooking principles, Methods of
cooking.
 Food processing: concept, purpose and
methods (House hold level, Industrial
level)
Food storage: meaning, purpose and
methods (storage of perishable, semi
perishable and non perishable foods)
Effect of unhygienic foods:
 Food borne disease
o Food borne infection (Bactrrial,
viral, parasitic)
o Food poisoning/Food intoxication
(natural toxin, bacterial toxin,
fungal toxin and chemical food
12 hours
94
poisoning)
 Food adulteration: concept, type and
purpose of adulteration and health
effects
 Food additives: concept of, types and
health effects.
 Food acts and legislation for
prevention of adulteration
2 Nutrition and Diseases 15 hours
 Diet and Coronary Heart Disease,
CVD
 Diet and Diabetes Mellitus
 Role of Foods in Cancer prevention
 Diet and bone health
 Food interaction and public health
promotion
15 Diet, nutrition and Chronic Disease:
 Global burden of chronic disease, Diet
nutrition and chronic disease
throughout the life, Population
nutrition intake goal and strength of
evidence.
 Diet, Nutrition and CHD, CVD: trend,
Strength of evidence and disease
specific recommendations
 Diet, Nutrition and DM: trend, Strength
of evidence and disease specific
recommendations
 Diet, Nutrition and Cancer: trend,
Strength of evidence, diet in various
types of cancer and disease specific
recommendations
 Diet, Nutrition and bone health: trend,
Strength of evidence and disease
specific recommendations
 Policy principles and strategies for the
promotion of healthy diets and physical
activity
12 hours
Diet and
obesity
Diet and
Dental
health
have to
add in
syllabus.
3 Nutrition Program in Nepal 12 hours
 National nutrition policy of MOHP
 National nutrition strategies-IYCF,
School Health & Nutrition
 National Nutrition Programs
 Nutrition Intervention Program-
food fortification and
supplementation in Nepal and
SAARC countries
 Lesson learned and constraints of
national nutrition programs
 Inter-sectoral cooperation and
coordination for nutrition promotion
in Nepal
12  National nutrition policy of MOHP:
goal, objective, targets and strategic
approach for nutritional improvements.
 National nutrition strategies-IYCF,
School Health & Nutrition
 National Nutrition Programs: Protein-
energy Malnutrition Control , Iron
Deficiency Anemia Control, Iodine
Deficiency Disorder Control , Vitamin
A Deficiency Control
 Nutrition Intervention: Meaning,
purpose, methods
 Food fortification: concept, objective
and practices of food fortification in
Nepal and SAARC
 Food Supplementation in Nepal and
10 hours
95
SAARC countries
 Nutrition education
4 Poverty, Food Security and
Nutrition 10 hours
 Poverty and Nutrition
 Food Security and
Nutrition
 Investing in health
interventions for nutrition
promotion: Cost effectiveness and
quality of life
 Effects of Malnutrition on
Economic Productivity, Health, and
Survival
10 Poverty, Food Security and Nutrition
 Poverty and Nutrition
 Situation of Nepal
 Relationship between nutrition and
poverty
 Food Security and Nutrition:
 Meaning of food security
 Food security status in Nepal
 Factor affecting food security
 Food security policy of Nepal
 International effort for food
security
8 hours
5 Food Quality Control
 Critical assessment of food quality
control (Hazard Analysis)
 Good food manufacture practices
(Provision of food sanitation)
 Food act and implementation
0 Food Quality Control
 Quality control and quality
assurance: principles, quality
attributes of foods, food standards
 Critical assessment of food quality
control (Hazard Analysis)
 Food hazards
 Types of hazards
 Hazards analysis critical points:
Concept and principles
 Concept of Good food manufacture
practices (GMP),International
Organization for standardization (ISO),
and National Standard (NS)
 Concept of Consumer’s right
 Ministry of Agriculture and
Cooperatives, Department of Food
Technology and Quality Control: aims,
objectives and analysis of activities
 Quality aspect of food act and
legislation
o Food Act, 2052
o Food Act, 2023
o Food regulation
o Muluki Yen
6 hrs
References (in priority order)
96
Human Resource Development
BPH, Third Year, Fifth Semester
Course Objectives:
At the end of the course students are able to:
Enable the students in projecting, planning, implementing and evaluating human resource for
health programs.
Clarify the meaning, concepts, components, process and importance of HRD, in health.
Develop appropriate HR Plans for different health programs in country
Carry out training need assessment, develop curriculum, conduct training and evaluates the
training programs
Un
it
Not revised Course Description H
rs
.
Revised Detail Hrs.
1 Introduction to HRD 10 hours
Meaning, scope, definition,
evolution, external influences,
trends and issues of HRD, HRD
challenge; HRM in dynamic
environment, HRM and Health
Program Management; strategic
linkage, its implication for attaining
organization goal
1
0
Introduction to HRD and HRM
 Meaning, definitions, scope, ,
Historical development, influences,
issues of HRD, HRD challenge;
 HRM in dynamic environment:
a. Change in disease pattern and its
management.
b. Change in national ruling system:
federal system, Central
ruling system
 HRM and Health Program
Management; strategic linkage, its
implication for attaining organization
goal
12
2 Components of HRD 5 hours
Components of human resource
development, application of HRD
components in Nepali context
5 Components of HRD
Components of human resource
development, application of HRD
components in Nepali context
4
3 Human Resource Planning and
Curriculum Development 10 hours
Curriculum development,
approaches in HR planning for
health, national health plans and
HR implications; assessing demand
and supply of health professionals;
HRDIS, gender perspective in
health program and its HR
1
0
Human Resource Planning and
Curriculum Development
Curriculum development,
approaches in HR planning for
health, national health plans and HR
implications; assessing demand and
supply of health professionals;
HRDIS, gender perspective in health
program and its HR implication in
10
97
implication. Nepal.
4 Different Training Approaches 15 hours
Importance of training, adult
learning philosophy, and principles
of learning
Training needs assessment and
formulation of training objectives
Training design; content
development, lesson plan, material
development and delivery
Training methods; OJT, case
studies, role-plays, lectures, group
discussion
Training cost and field logistics
Training evaluation and follow up
Training report writing skills
Participatory training approaches
and their application in public
health
1
5
Different Training Approaches
 Importance of training, adult
learning philosophy, and principles
of learning
 Training needs assessment and
formulation of training objectives
 Training design; content
development, lesson plan, material
development and delivery
 Training methods; OJT, case studies,
role-plays, lectures, group discussion
 Training cost and field logistics
 Training evaluation and follow up
 Training report writing
 Participatory training approaches
and their application in public health
15
5 Training Evaluation 8 hours
Objectives, methods and current
practices in government, semi
government and private health
institutions, recent trends, feedback
to health professional, 360 degree
appraisal, Development of
supervision plan and tools.
Evaluation approaches. Rewards
and punishment approaches in
HRD.
8 Training Evaluation
Objectives, methods and current
practices in government, semi
government and private health
institutions, recent trends, feedback
to health professional, 360 degree
appraisal and triangulation of
evaluation., Development of
supervision plan and tools.
Evaluation approaches. Rewards
and punishment approaches in HRD.
7
98
Health Systems Development II
BPH, Third Year, Fifth Semester
Course Objectives:
To conceptualize the national health policy and how the policy has back reflected at the
central, district and grass root levels and to develop awareness of the problems and issues
facing the health service management at various levels. At the completion of the course
students will be able to:
 Describe the history of the development of health services in Nepal.
 Develop understanding of the National Health Policy.
 Analyze the problems and issues of the health services management at the central, district
and the grassroots levels.
Un
it
Course Description Hrs. Detail Hr
s
1 Historical Development of Health System in
Nepal 10 hours
 Concept of health systems development
 Principles of health systems development
 Different models of health systems
development
 Brief history of development of health
system in Nepal.
 Traditional health care practices.
 Ayurvedic, Homeopathic and Allopathic
medicine in Nepal.
 Naturopathy curative vs. preventive and
promotional health services.
 Traces of expansion of curative health
centers and preventive and vertical health
service programs.
 Brief introduction to long-term health plans
of Nepal.
 Integrated health services: strengths,
weaknesses, opportunities and threats.
10 Historical Development of
Health System in Nepal
 Concept, goal, objectives,
component (Financing;
Health workforce;
Information; Medical
products and technology;
Service delivery; and
Leadership/governance),
functions (Service
provision, Resource
generation, Financing and
Stewardship) and model of
health system (Beveridge,
Bismark and mixed)
 Principles of health
systems development
 Key issues of health
systems of developing
countries
 Brief history of
development of health
system in Nepal
 Traditional and modern
( indigenous,
Ayurvedic,
Homeopathic/
naturopathy and
Allopathic)
8
4
4
99
 Preventive and vertical
health programme
 Integration of vertical
programs: SWOT
analysis
2 National Health Policy and Plan 8 hours
 Concept of health policy
 National health policy
 Current Five Year Plan in health services.
 Overview of the health planning process in
Nepal.
 Types of health planning
 Problem solving
 Program planning
 Co-ordination of efforts and activities
planning
 Planning for the allocation for resources
 Design of standard operating procedure and
project planning
 Decentralization policy
8 National Health Policy and
Plan
 Health policy: concept,
goal, process and
components (content,
process, context and actors)
o National health
policy 1991
o 1st
and 2nd
long term
health plan
o Health sectors in
periodic plans in
brief
o Decentralization
policy, Local
governance act
o Detail study of
current periodic
plan
 Health planning:
Concept, process/steps of
health planning
o Project planning,
programme
planning
o Standard operating
procedure
8
4
4
3 Central Health System Management 8 hours
 Organizational structure at various
levels of health services
 Brief introduction of various health
programs in terms of objectives
activities.
1. Malaria control
2. FP/MCH
3. Tuberculosis control
4. Leprosy control
5. Expanded program for
8 Central Health System
Management
 Ministry of Health and
population: vision, aim,
objective, strategy and
principle of health sectors,
organizational structure and
roles and responsibilities of
MoHP
 Department of Health
services: organizational
10
1
1
1
1
1
100
immunization
6. Information education and
communication.
7. Control of diarrheal disease and
ARI.
8. Nutrition
9. Environmental Health
10. Health Training
11. Kala-azar
12. AIDS
Need for, and establishment of co-ordination
among health and health related program for
effective delivery of health services alternative
modality for establishing effective coordination
structure and role and
responsibilities
 Brief introduction about
divisions and centers:
objectives and functions
 Brief introduction about
central and specialized
hospitals
 Objectives and activities of
Health councils: Health
professional, Medical,
nursing, pharmacy and
ayurvedic council and
NHRC
 National Health programs:
aims, objectives, strategy,
activities and analysis of
programs in terms strength
and weakness: EPI,
Nutrition, IMCI, FP, safe
motherhood and newborn
health, TB, Malaria, TB,
HIV/AIDS, Kala-azar,
Filaria,
 Free health care service as
national programme
5
4 Regional, Zonal and District Health
Services Management 8 hours
 Study of regional, zonal and district health
services
 Functions
 Organizational structure
 Human resource for health.
 Job descriptions
 Budget
 Program
 Control and management of health
posts and Sub-health Posts.
 Responsibility towards regional health
directorate.
 Supervision, monitoring and evaluation
system.
8 Regional and District Health
Services Management
 Brief introduction about
regional health service
management
 District health
management:
oIntroduction, programs,
functions, organizational
structure, job description
and budget
oSupervision, monitoring
and evaluation system
(HR and programs)
oReferral systems within
the district
oCurrent issues and
8
1
4
2
1
101
 Review of health activities at different
level
 Referral systems
 Coordination between district hospital
and District Public Health Office and
health posts.
constraints for DHM
(Job description
DPHO/DHO/PHO in details
and others in brief)
5 Grassroots Health Services Management 8 hours
 Roles of PHC and health post, sub-health
post and Out Reach Clinic (ORC)
 Functions
 Organization structure
 Manpower.
 Job descriptions
 Programs
 Responsibility towards DPHO/Health
post.
 Supervision system.
 Philosophy, objectives, target, strength and
weaknesses of different programs
 FCHV
 MCHW
 TBA
 Objectives, target strength and weakness of
PHC outreach programs.
8 Health service management at
primary health care level
 PHC: function/programs,
organogram/manpower, job
descriptions
 HP: function/programs,
organogram/manpower, job
descriptions
 SHP: function/programs,
organogram/manpower, job
descriptions
 Philosophy, objectives,
target, strength and
weaknesses of FCHV,
MCHW, and PHC/ORC
 Supervision system in
primary health care level
8
2
1
1
3
1
 Inter-sectoral coordination between
different levels.
 Central Level.
1. Ministry of Education
2. Ministry of Agriculture
3. Ministry of Women and Social
Welfare
4. Ministry of Population and
Environme
nt
5. Ministry of Housing and Physical
Plan.
6. Ministry of Local Development;
 Regional level
 Zonal level
 District Level
1. Educational Institutions
2. Agricultural institutions
Inter-sectoral coordination
between different levels:
central, regional, district and
grassroots level.
2
102
3. Local Authorities
4. CDO.
5. District Development Concern
6. Different organization/clubs/
industries
7. NGOs/INGOs
8. Hospitals
 Peripheral level
1. Schools
2. Agricultural Offices / Authorities
3. VDC's
4. Different organization / clubs /
industries
6 Financial Management 6 hours
 Source of finance
 Annual budget and budgeting process
 Preparation of financial statement and
its analysis
6  Source of finance in health
sectors
 Annual budget and
budgeting process in health
sectors
 Analysis of health budget of
government of Nepal
4
References (in priority order)
Suggestion: Full unit of Quality assurance in health service management should be added.
103
Primary Health Care in Nepal
BPH, Third Year, Fifth Semester
Course Objectives:
To develop knowledge on the development, practice and strengths and limitations of
primary health services in Nepal. Upon successful completion of the course students will
be able to:
 Appraise the development of primary health care (PHC) in Nepal
 Review the components of PHC in Nepal
 Explore the problems and major challenges of components in implementing PHC
 Evaluate PHC components in Nepal
Unit Course Description Hrs. Detail suggestion
1 Development of PHC in Nepal 16
hours
 Overview of formulation strategies
for health for all by the year 2000 and
beyond and its achievements.
 Introduction to primary health care
(PHC)
 Milestones of the development of
PHC in Nepal
 Primary health care and essential
health care
 Basic health services and primary
health care
 Alma Ata Conference on PHC:
Introduction and description of the
deceleration of Alma Ata and Nepal
after signature
 Selective vs. comprehensive PHC
 Program to meet Basic Health Needs.
 Role of the District Public Health
Office in implementing PHC
components.
16  Introduction to
primary health care
(PHC): Concept &
definitions
 Alma Ata Conference
on PHC: Introduction
and description of the
deceleration of Alma
Ata and Nepal after
signature
 The twenty-two
recommendations of
the Alma-Ata
conference.
 Overview of
operational aspects of
PHC.
 Milestones of the
development of PHC
in Nepal
 Primary health care
and essential health
care
 Basic health services
and primary health
care
 Selective vs.
comprehensive PHC
18 hrs.
Health
Care
service in
Nepal
104
 Overview of
formulation strategies
for health for all by the
year 2000 and beyond
and its achievements.
 Global Health Target.
 HFA in 21st
Century.
 Revised strategies for
HFA.
 Program to meet Basic
Health Needs.
 Role of the District
Public Health Office in
implementing PHC
components.
2 Components of PHC in Nepal 10
hours
 Review of PHC components in Nepal
 Success and failure studies of PHC
components in Nepal
10  Review of present
status of PHC
components in Nepal:
FP&MCH, Nutrition,
Locally endemic
diseases, sanitation
and Health education
 HFA to Health with
All in Nepal
>Introduction
>Actors in
“Health with
All”
>State and “
Health For All”
>Powerlessness
and health
>Market and
HFA,
 Four assaults on PHC:
SPHC, SAP, World
Bank and Mc
Donalisation of WHO
and UNICEF, in 2000.
 PHC: From dogma to
debate.
12 hrs
105
REM 306.3 (Credit hours 3)
3 Problems in implementing PHC 10
hours
 Problems of challenges during
implementation of PHC components
 Service factors
 Economical factors
 Political factors
 Social-cultural factors
 Critiques on PHC
 Mitiqution measures of challenges
and problems
12  Problems and
challenges during
implementation of
PHC components
• Service factors
• Economical
factors
• Political factors
• Social-cultural
factors
 Critiques on PHC :
PHC concept, CPHC
Vs SPHC, Financing
on PHC,
Implementation and
value/perception
 Mitigation measures of
challenges and
problems
14 hrs
4 Research related to PHC and their
application in Nepal 12 hours
 Desk review of the research work
 Web based search
 Unpublished documents
 Development of a roster
 Monitoring and evaluation indicators
of PHC components
Research related to
PHC and their
application in Nepal
 Desk review of the
research work
 Web based search
 Unpublished
documents
 Development of a
roster
4 hrs
106
SIXTH SEMESTER
107
Research Methodology
BPH, Third Year, Sixth Semester
Course Objectives:
To develop the student’s skill in identifying the researchable problems and conducting public
health research coupled with the relevant techniques of data collection and research report/paper
writing process. After the completion of the course, the students will be able to:
 Understand the key concepts on public health research
 Identify, analyze and write the statement of public health research problems
 Formulate the Research Questions, Objectives and Hypothesis
 Identify Variables, its Indicators and Scales of Measurements
 Design the Non-Interventional and Interventional Research
 Differentiate Qualitative and Quantitative Research Methods
 Understand Sampling Methods
 Plan out Data Collection Process
 Understand Research Ethics
 Write Research Report/Paper
Unit Course contents hrs Detaining Suggestion
I Introduction
 Definition of Research,
Historical resume
 Characteristics of Research,
Types of Research
Use of research in public health
4 Definition research methodology.
Importance of research methodology.
Definition of research
Meaning of research
Purpose of research
Scope of research
Objectives of research
Characteristics of research
Problems in research
Criteria of good research
Phases of research process
Types/Categories of Research
 Conceptual vs. Empirical
 Applied vs. Basic
 Experimental vs. Non-experimental
 Descriptive vs. Analytical
 Quantitative vs. Qualitative
Significance of research
Scientific foundation of research
Health research and development
Public health research priority and challenges
4
108
II Health Research Problem, and
Hypothesis
 Identification and Analysis of
Research Problem
 Writing Statement of
Research Problem
 Criteria of Research
Questions, and Research
Objective Formulation
 Research Hypothesis –
Directional and Non-
Directional Research
Hypothesis
5 Characteristics of good topics
Concept map of potential research topics
Define research problem
Components of a research problem
Points may be observed in selecting a research
problem
Technique involved in defining a problem
Development of a research problem steps
Guidelines or criteria for prioritize and evaluation
of research problem
Analyzing the research problem with steps
Techniques on analysis – NGT, Fishbone, Delphi
Define problem statement
Elements of problem statement
Role of problem statement
Importance of state or define the problem statement
Importance of research question
Function of research question
Criteria/characteristics for a good research question
(FINER with PICOT format)
Define hypothesis
Criteria of hypothesis
Importance of hypothesis
Characteristics of hypothesis
Classification of hypothesis
1. Statistical (Null)
2. Research/scientific (alternative) : directional
and non-directional
Importance of research objectives
SMART model for research objectives
Formulate the research objective (General, specific,
ultimate)
8
109
III Variables and Indicators
 Qualitative and Quantitative
Variables, Categorical and
Continuous Variables
 Scales of measurements
 Indicators, setting operational
definitions
 Validity and Reliability
6 Define variable
Role of variable
Types of variables
1. Quantitative: Continuous (interval, ratio) &
Numerical or Discrete
2. Qualitative: Categorical: Ordinal & Nominal
(Dichotomous & Multichotomous)
 Dependent vs. Independent
 Confounding variable, Intervening variable,
Background variable
Define measurement
Primary scales of measurement (nominal, ordinal,
interval, ratio)
Statistical techniques for all the scales of
measurement.
Criteria for scale selection
Measurement process
Classification of scaling techniques
1. Comparative scales (paired comparison, rank
order, thurstone, guttman or cumulative )
2. Non-comparative scales ( Continuous rating
scale, Itemized rating scales :- likert, semantic
differential)
Issue in selecting a measurement scale
Bases for health indicators
Common frameworks for health indicators
Uses of indicator
Data source of indicator
Evaluating operational definitions
Concept of validity and reliability
Define validity and reliability
Methods on reliability (test & retest, split-half,
parallel method)
Types of validity: Internal (face, contextual,
content, criterion, construct) & External
Factors resulting in poor reliability
Improve or minimize errors in validity and
reliability.
Point that Influence result of validity (threat to
validity)
Difference between validity and reliability
6
110
IV Sampling Methods and
Techniques
 Meaning of Sampling,
Sampling Frame and its
quality, Sampling Ratio,
Sampling Units, Population
Concept
 Types of Sampling – Non-
Probability Sampling
(Convenience, Quota,
Purposive, Snowball),
Probability Sampling (Simple
Random, Systematic,
Stratified, Cluster,
Multistage, Probability
Proportionate to Size)
 Sampling Errors
5 Concept on sampling
Define sampling
Define Population, population of interest, target
population
Sampling units
Types of sampling units
Sampling frame
Qualities of sampling frame
Sample frame error
Define sample & element
Sampling error
Factors that affecting sampling error
Define sampling bias
Purpose of sampling
Advantage of sampling
Steps in sampling
Sampling process
Principles of sampling design
Criteria for using probability and non-probability
sampling
Classification of sampling techniques
1. Non-probability (convenience, judgmental or
purposive, quota, snowball)
2. Probability (SRS, systematic, stratified, cluster,
multistage)
4
V Research Methods and Design
 Qualitative and Quantitative
Research Methods
 Research Design: Non-
Interventional Research
(Explorative, Case Study,
Case Series, Cross-Sectional,
Longitudinal), Interventional
Research (Pre-Experimental,
Quasi-Experimental and True
Experimental – Completely
Randomized Design,
Completely Randomized
Block Design, Factorial
Design, Time Series Design)
 Basic Concepts on Clinical
Trials: Phase Trials,
Community Trials, Field
Trials, Vaccine Trials, Drug
Trials
12 Basic concept in Qualitative and quantitative
research
Characteristics of qualitative research
Appropriateness of qualitative research
Difference in qualitative and quantitative research
Triangulation
Epidemiological research design:
 Descriptive (Time, Place, Person): analytical,
case control, cohort
 randomized controlled trial
(studied in epidemiology)
Basic concept on field trial, community trial.
Operational research designs:
1. Non-experimental Designs (Pottest-Only
design, Pretest-Posttest design, Static-Group
Comparison)
2. Experimental design (Pretest-Posttest Control
Group design, Posttest-Only control Group
design)
3. Quasi-experimental Design (Time Series
design, Nonequivalent Control Group design,
Separate Sample Pretest-Posttest Design)
12
111
VI Data Collection Methods
 Data Collection from Primary
Sources – Observation
Checklist Preparation,
Participant Observation,
Non-Participant Observation,
Focus Group Discussion, In-
Depth Interview, Personal
Interview, Nominal Group
Technique, Delphi
Technique, Rapid Appraisal
Technique, Questionnaire
Preparation – Open Ended,
Closed Ended,
Structured/Semi
Structured/Unstructured
Questionnaire
 Data Collection from
Secondary Sources – Data
from Office/Institution
Records, Journals, Annual
Reports, Bulletins, Mid-line,
Pop-line, Internets
 Pre-testing the Data
Collection Tools and Making
Work Plan
10 Data Collection Methods and Tools
Planning data collection procedure.
Factors influencing data consistency.
Data collection problem.
Difference between data collection tools and
techniques.
Develop instrument/tools.
Data collection techniques:
A. Qualitative
1. Participant observation (Overview of
Participant Observation, Logistics of
Participant Observation, How to Be an
Effective Participant Observer, Participant
Observation Steps),
2. FGD (Overview of Focus Groups, Logistics of
Focus Groups, How to Be an Effective
Moderator, How to Be an Effective Note-taker,
Steps in Moderating a Focus Group, Steps in
Note-taking for a Focus Group, Focus Group
Checklist)
3. in-depth interview (Overview of In-Depth
Interviewing, Logistics of Interviewing, How
to Be an Effective Interviewer, Interview
Steps, Interview Checklist)
4. Others: Key informant interview, Appreciative
inquiry, Surrogate /Simulation.
B. Quantitative
1. Self administered questionnaire: questionnaire.
2. Interview (Face to Face Interview, Exit):
Interview schedule.
Advantages and disadvantages of various data
collection technique.
Qualities of a good questionnaire.
Pre-testing the tools.
Develop work plan (man, money, material,
moment).
8
VII Health Research Ethics
 Basic Concepts on Research
Ethics, and its Principals
 Milestones of Research
Ethics in Nepal, and National
Ethical Guidelines of Health
Research
2 Basic concept for ethical aspect of health research.
Principle of research ethics (beneficence, respect
for rights, justice)
International declarations.
Consent of subjects (Children, Pregnant and
nursing women, Mentally ill and mentally defective
persons, Other vulnerable social groups,
Community-based research)
2
112
VIII Research Report Writing
 Difference between Research
Report and Research Paper
 Styles of Writing the
Research Report/Paper with
Referencing
 Skeleton Model of Writing
the Research Report –
Preliminaries (Title,
Approval Sheet,
Acknowledgements, Table of
Contents and Figures,
Formatting, Paging
Instruction), Body of the
Report – (Introduction,
Objectives, Literature
Review, Methodology,
Results/Findings, Discussion,
Conclusions,
Recommendations,
References)
4 Steps on research report/paper writing.
Scientific writing
Reference style (APA, Vancouver, Harvard).
Reasons for including references, Plagiarism.
4
References:
13. Clough P and Nutbrown C. A Student’s Guide to Methodology, Sage Publication, 2002.
14. Kumar R. Research Methodology – A Step-By-Step Guide for Beginners, Sage
Publication, 1999.
15. Sapsford R. Survey Research, Sage Publication, 1999.
16. Smith PG, Morrow. Field Trials of Health Interventions in Developing Countries, 2nd
Edition, 1996.
17. National Ethical Guidelines for Health Research in Nepal, Available at Nepal Health
Research Council, July 2001.
List Current Essential References
O'Leary, Z. The Essential Guide to Doing Research. London: Sage Publication, 2004.
Natasha M, Cvynthia W, Kathleen MM, Greg G and Emily N. Qualitative Research Methods: A
Data Collector’s Field Guide, FHI, 2005.
World Health Organization. Health Research Methodology, A Guide for Training in Research
Methods, Regional Office for the Western Pacific, Manila, 2001
John W. Creswell, Research Design, 1994.
Linda G and David W, Architectural Research Methods: John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2002.
Bhatta DN. Research Methodology, A Short Manual, 2009
Aryal UR. Biostatistics for Medical Sciences,1st
edition, 2009
Fisher AA, Laing JE, Stoedel JE, Townsend JW. Handbook for Family Planning Operations
Research Design, Second Edition
113
FAH 307.3 (Credit hours 3)
Family Health
BPH, Third Year, Sixth Semester
Course Objectives:
To develop basic concepts of family Health for an efficient and effective management of its
problems. At the completion of the course, students will be able to:
 Understand to give basic knowledge, concept, philosophies of demography and
reproductive [family] health and their problems primarily focused in Nepal
 Conceptualize the main problem(s) of RH and work on it through exercises on secondary
data
 Acquire applied knowledge and skills on the burden of elderly and disable persons health.
Unit Course contents hrs Details Suggest
ions
I Concept and historical development
Family Health
 Concept, history and definition of
family, family health
 Scope, role and functions, of family
health in prevention, promotion,
treatment and rehabilitation of health
 Concept of adolescent health and sex
education
 Existing health services and RH policies
service, plan and programs in the
management of National Health Service
delivery system in Nepal
 Population dynamics and RH and family
health
8  Concept, history and definition of
family, family health
 Scope, role and functions, of family
health in prevention, promotion,
treatment and rehabilitation of health
 Women, conflicting demands as
providers, careers and income
earners.
 Motivating father for family health,
personal hygiene birth spacing and
sexual hygiene.
 Father’s supporting role during and
wife’s pregnancy.
 Priorities of family health problems,
holistic models of family health
 Self-medication/alternative
medication in family.
114
II Reproductive health and safer
motherhood services
 Concept, theories, principles,
components, and the factors of RH and
SM services
 Provision and status of RH and SM care
services in Nepal
 Mortality and morbidity factors
associated with RH and SM
 Patterns of communicable and non-
communicable disease problem
concerning to RH and SM
 RH and SM related health problems in
Nepal
8  Concept, theories, principles,
components, and the factors of RH
and SM services
 Provision and status of RH and SM
care services in Nepal
 Socio-economic, educational and
cultural factors affecting/associated
with maternal morbidity and
mortality.
 Components of maternal health care
including Antenatal care(ANC),
intranatal care (INC) and Post natal
care(PNC).
 Delivery incentive schemes of
government.
 Concept of neonatal health problem,
strategy and Kangaro (Mayako
Angalo).
 Maternity home for safe birthing
practices.
 Concept of adolescent health and sex
education
 Existing health services and RH
policies service, plan and programs
in the management of National
Health Service delivery system in
Nepal
III Family Planning (FP) services in Nepal
and the region
 Principles, philosophies, concept and the
strategies of Family planning
 Methods of family planning and
counseling
 Challenges of FP contraception in
context to population control in Nepal
and the region
 Quality assurance in family planning
service delivery
8  Principles, philosophies, concept and
the strategies of Family planning
 Rights of clients in FP
 counseling :Definition, principles of
FP counseling, counseling flow-
chart, counseling process, client-
provider inter actions, counseling
deals on 6 topics and steps in
counseling
 Methods of family planning: Spacing
methods including natural methods,
permanent methods and emergency
contraception.
 Challenges of FP contraception in
context to population control in
Nepal and the region
 Quality assurance in family planning
service delivery
115
IV Demography
 Introduction to demographic studies
 Concept, theories and methods of
demography
 Structural components and
characteristics of demography and its
application in health sciences studies
 Methods of population projection and its
application in health and public health
science studies
 Demographic health surveys in Nepal
16 Introduction to Demographic study
- Meaning, concept, and scope
Importance and implication of
population study,
- Population growth, trend and
consequences at global and national
levels
Population Structure, Characteristics
and Components and its application
in public health
Population Structure, Characteristics
- Importance of sex and age structure,
marital status, literacy rate,sex ratio,
religion, ethnicity, dependency ratio
and growth of population.
Components of Population growth
Fertility
- Measure of fertility
- - Concepts and its importance, Crude
and specific rates, total fertility rate ,
standardized rates, child women
ratio.
Mortality
-Measures of mortality
-Definition and importance of crude and
specific rates , standardized rates,infant
and maternal mortality rates.
- Neonatal and post neonatal mortality,
foetal , prenatal morality rates
Migration
- Concepts, sources of data, some
terms, types of migration.
- Estimation of life time and
intercensal migration from place of
birth statistics.
b] urbanization
- Definition and its importance: Gross
and net reproduction rate;
replacement level of fertility
Mortality
-Measures of mortality
-Definition and importance of crude and
specific rates , standardized rates,
infant and maternal mortality rates.
- Other mortality rates.
- Neonatal and post neonatal mortality,
foetal , prenatal morality rates
Migration
- Concepts, sources of data, some
terms, types of migration.
- Estimation of life time and
intercensal migration from place of
birth statistics.
b] urbanization
i] Measure
- Percentages of population in urban
areas.
- Ratio of urban and rural population
- Size of locality of residence of the
median inhabitant
- Tempo of urbanization
c] Morbidity
4 hours
6 hrs
116
Unit
-V:
Overview of ageing and disables health
 Concept, meaning and scope of ageing
population
 Strategies of health of elderly, disables
in global and regional context
 Geriatrics and disable health problem
under family health care settings in
Nepal
 Major health problem of ageing and
disables
 Policy, strategy and programs for ageing
and disable population
8 Migration
- Meaning, Concepts, and types of
migration.
- Estimation of life time and
intercensal migration from place of
birth statistics.
Methods of population projection and
its application in health and public
health science studies
Demographic health surveys in Nepal
3 hours
3 hours
 Concept, meaning and scope of
ageing population
 Strategies of health of elderly,
disables in global and regional
context
 Geriatrics and disable health problem
under family health care settings in
Nepal
 Major health problem of ageing and
disables
 Policy, strategy and programs for
ageing and disable population
 Role of the state in social security
community based rehabilitations Vs.
institutionalization.
References:
1. Ministry of Health (MoH), Nepal. National health policy- 1991
2. Ministry of Health (MoH), Nepal. National reproductive health strategy
3. Ministry of Health (MoH, Nepal. National adolescent health strategy
4. Ministry of Health (MoH), Nepal. National AIDS policy
5. Ministry of Health (MoH), Nepal. Family planning policy
6. Ministry of Health (MoH), Nepal. Safe motherhood policy
7. Ministry of Health (MoH), Nepal. National maternity care guidelines
8. Ministry of Health (MoH), Nepal. Reproductive health protocols
9. Ministry of Health (MoH), Nepal. STD case management guidelines
10. National medical standard vol. I & II &II'
11. Population and development L'NFPA. Cairo- 1994
12. Convention on elimination of discrimination against women- UNESCO
13. Beijing conference on women- 1997
117
ACH 308.3 (Credit hours 3)
Applied Child Health
BPH, Third Year, Sixth Semester
Course Objectives:
To develop basic knowledge and skills about the concepts, strategies and experiences of child
health (CH) policies and plan in Nepal so as to make them able to design, collect required
information related to the community and the public health sector. ng and monitoring the
services. Upon successful completion of the course, students shall be able to:
 Understand the child health care policy, plan and programs in Nepal
 Conceptualize, experience, work on child health problems
 Acquire practical knowledge and skills on CH problems of Nepal and the region
U
nit
Course of contents h
rs
Details suggestions
I Introduction to Child Health (CH)
 Introduction to child health
 CH in individual, family and
society
 Child health and national health
care system
 Child health and international or
global health system
 Intervention, declaration on
health
1
6
Introduction to Child Health
(CH):
 Introduction, Importance &
factor affecting of child
health,
 Roles of parent, family &
society in promoting child
health
 Child health programs at
national health care system
 Child health programs at
global health system
 Intervention and declaration
on child health
118
II Child health problems
 Demographic, Socioeconomic
and Socio-cultural Indicators
 Environmental health Indicators
 Child health and disability
 Malnutrition
 Vaccine preventable disease
 CDD/ARI
 Child health disease burden in
Nepal
o Vital rates, ratio and
proportions
o Morbidity indicators
o Mortality indicators
o Health service indicators
o Population and fertility
indicators
o Physical health and
development indicators
o Nutritional health indicators
o Child health and sexual
health problem
1
6
Child health problems
 Child health and disability:
Problems & programs for
disable children
 Malnutrition: causes, Impact
& Prevention and control on
following topics - PEM,
VAD, IDA, IDD
 Vaccine preventable disease:
Immunization schedule, child
health burden due to VPD &
strategies to control it.
 CDD: National program
including goal, objectives,
strategies & activities to it.
 ARI: National program
including goal, objectives,
strategies & activities to it.
 Child health & sexual health
problems
 Main causes of death of
children under five years.
Health indicators:
 Definition, types,
characteristics & importance
 Rate, ratio & proportion
 Demographic, Socioeconomic
and Socio-cultural Indicators
 Environmental health
Indicators
 Morbidity indicators
 Mortality indicators
 Health service indicators
 Population and fertility
indicators
 Physical health and
development indicators
 Nutritional health indicators
 Current status of child health
in Nepal.
119
II
I
Application of Child Health
Services in Nepal
 Existing child health policy, plan
and program in Nepal and
SAARC
 Child health problem and
intervention plans
 Process of planning
(identification, and
prioritization)
 Application of
problem solving
strategy in CH
interventions
 Review of CH
promotion strategy as
a regional/global
concern
 IMCI
1
6
Application of Child Health
Services in Nepal :
 Existing child health policy,
plan and program in Nepal
and SAARC: India &
Srilanka.
 Child health problem,
intervention plans
including goal,
objectives, strategy
and activities: IMCI,
GOBIFFF, Baby
friendly hospital.
Should take
out: It is
duplication
Process of
planning
(identificatio
n, and
prioritizatio
n)
Application
of problem
solving
strategy in
CH
intervention
s
Review of
CH
promotion
strategy as a
regional/glo
bal concern
References:
1. National health policy- 1991
2. National reproductive health strategy
3. National adolescent health strategy
4. National AIDS policy
5. Family planning policy
6. Safe motherhood policy
7. National maternity care guidelines
8. Reproductive health protocols
9. 9. Current Annual report of Department of Health services
120
EOH 309.3 (Credit hours 3)
Applied Environmental and Occupational Health II
BPH, Third Year, Sixth Semester
Course Objectives:
To explore the fundamental relation between hospital waste management, human excreta,
environmental population, occupational health and public health. At the end of the course,
students shall be able to:
 Explain the environmental problems and it’s affects on human health
 Clarify the relationship between hospital waste and health impacts
 Explore the affects of human excreta in public health
 Explore the occupational health and safety issues
Unit Course contents hrs Details suggestio
ns
I Environnemental Problems
 Overview of global environmental problems (Radiation, Acid
Rain, Ozone Depletion, Deforestation)
 Causes of global warming (Carbon Dioxides, Methane,
Chlorofluorocarbons, Nitrous Oxides, Ozone)
 Global warming, green house effect, ozone depletion and climate
change
 Impacts of global warming and climate change on human health
1
0
Global Environnemental Problems
 Radiation
 Acid Rain
 Deforestation
 Ozone Depletion and its effects
on environment
 Global warming and Climate
change
 Green House Effect
 Causes of Global warming
(Carbon Dioxides, Methane,
Chlorofluorocarbons,
Nitrous Oxides, Ozone)
 Impacts of global warming
/climate change
 Climate change and Human
Health
 Solution of global warming
 Adaptation to climate
change
16
II Hospital Waste Management
 Nature and types of hospital waste
 Health hazard from hospital waste
 Management of hospital waste in public and private hospital
1
2
As it is 10
III Human Excreta
 Use of toilet in Nepal
 Health hazard from human excreta
 Management of human excreta in rural and urban areas
8 As it is 8
121
IV Occupational Health and Safety
 Meaning, scope and application of occupational health and safety
 Historical development of occupational health.
 Workman's compensation
 Occupational health practice applied to specific exposure
1. Physical
2. Biological
3. Chemical
 Occupational diseases and their prevention
1
8
Occupational Health and Safety
 Major occupational diseases in
Nepal
 Policies related to occupational
Health
 Promotion of occupational Health
 Application of occupational
health and safety
 Concept of Ergonomics
14
References:
1. Baldwin, J. H. Environmental Planning and Management, West View Press, Boulder and
London, 1985.
2. Beacon Press, MOPE, State of the Environment of Nepal, Kathmandu: Ministry of
3. Dhaliwal G. S. Fundamentals of Environmental Sciences, Kalyani Publishers, New Delhi
1996.
4. IUCN. Environmental Education, Source Book, Published by IUCN Nepal 2000.
5. Miller T. Environmental Science. USA: Wadsworth Inc1988.
6. Miller G. T. Living in the Environment, Publishing Company, Belmont. California 2002.
7. MOPE/ICIMOD/UNEP. Nepal: State of the Environment Report 2001. Kathmandu:
UNEP /ICIMOD 2001.
8. Ojha. S. Watawarniya swasthya re sarsaphai, Kathmandu: Health Learning, Material
Centre BS 2046.
9. Park, JE and Park K. Textbook of Preventive and Social Medicine, India 2000.
10. Sloan WM. Site selection for new hazardous waste management facilities. WHO1993.
11. WHO. Health Organization. WHO commission on health and environment. Report of the
panel on food and agriculture. Geneva: WHO1992.
12. Wagner EG., Lanoix JN. Excreta disposal for rural areas and small comities. WHO.
13. WHO HACCP. Hazard Analysis and Critical Control Point: Principle and Practice,
WHO: Geneva, 1999.
List Currently Available References
a. G.T Miller, 2002 Living in the Environment. Principles, Connections and
solutions
b. Megan London, Environment, Health and sustainable Development, Tata
McGraw-Hill Edition, 2006
c. WHO, 2003 Climate change and Human health: Risks and responses
d. WHO 2008 Protecting health from climate change
e. WHO, NHRC, National Health Care Waste Management Guidelines, 2002
f. Park K. Textbook of Preventive and Social Medicine, India 2003.
122
CMD 310.3 (Credit hours 3)
Community Diagnosis
BPH, Third Year, Sixth Semester
Course Objective
To provide basic knowledge on concepts, process skills to the students in scientific designing
and collecting the information of the community. At the successful completion of the course,
students will be:
 Define community health diagnosis and its underlying concepts applied in, different
components; explain the process of community health diagnosis used in community
health diagnosis survey
 Organize, design, collect community health and health related information, interpret,
analyze and report them to present community health and development status
 Identify need as well as health problem of the community and select, organize, design,
implement and report micro-health project findings.
 Present appropriate knowledge and skills of organizing, designing, collecting community
health and health related information and analyze, interpret, present and report them to
plan/program and implement the health actions for improving better community health
and development status
Unit
s
Course of contents hr
s
Detail
s
Suggestion
s
I Introduction to Community Health Diagnosis
 Definition, concept and difference between individual,
family, clinical health diagnosis and of community health
diagnosis
 Components of community health diagnosis
 Community health diagnosis survey and disease
surveillance
 Process of community diagnosis
 Role and importance of community health diagnosis in
Community health development
 Scope and uses of community diagnosis in
learning/education and training purposes
15
123
Unit
-II:
Indicators of Community Diagnosis (CD)
 Demographic, Socioeconomic and Socio-cultural
Indicators
 Environmental health Indicators
 Disease Burden and the Community
# Vital rates, ratio and proportion in community
diagnosis
# Morbidity indicators in community diagnosis
# Mortality indicators in community diagnosis
# Health service indicators in community diagnosis
# Population change and fertility indicators in
community diagnosis
 Planning the Community Diagnosis Health Survey
# Organization and design a community diagnosis
survey plan
# Development of data collection, interpretation,
analyzing, reporting tools
 Planning a Health Intervention and Solving the Problem
# Process of planning (identification, and
prioritization)
of community health intervention
# Process problem solving and health intervention
planning
# Process of selecting, organizing, designing,
implementing
and reporting a mini/micro-health
intervention at the field
15
124
III Residential Community Health Diagnosis Field Practice 15 hours
 Preparation of residential community diagnosis field
practice plan
 Method and use of good rapport building
 Concept and practice of community mapping
 Need and the use of resources (internal/external, local) in
community diagnosis field survey
 Importance of surveyors’ group dynamics in community
mobilization
 Need of self-review on designing and implementation of
CD survey plan
Preparing a preliminary survey findings report and
discussion notes
IV Micro health project
 Process of need identification and local resources
mobilization
 Process of priority setting
 Development of MHP plan
 Implement MHP
 Evaluation of MHP
V Presentation
a. Presentation of written report
Student will timely submit their group’s written final report
that have maintaining its quality standards as prescribed by
the institute. For example, formatting, editing, and
referencing system should maintain its prescribed norms
b. Oral presentation
Student should strategically, present preliminary findings of
their community health diagnosis field works to their guide
or supervisor first in the given (scheduled) date, time. Then
they should present those preliminary findings to the
concerned community peoples at field site to maintain the
philosophy of appropriate and effective feed-back values.
Finally, those student’s group should present their
community diagnosis report to the concerned Institution’s
45
125
faculty members for final evaluation
VI Report Writing and Evaluation
 Content and structures of a good report writing
 Organization, formatting, editing... a good report
 Designing an evaluation tools of CD survey report
 Maintaining the ethical considerations in a CD survey
report
45
Course Evaluation
A. Evaluation criteria for theory class:
Written Exam: 40%
Assessment: 10%
Field Practice:50%
B. Evaluation criteria for residential field practice:
 Rapport building, community mapping 5
 Assessment of utilization of internal/local – external
resources 5
 Community mobilization and group’s dynamics 5
 Review, implement the designed community diagnosis
survey 5
 Preparing preliminary findings and discussion notes 5
 Plan, schedule operate and evaluate micro-health project 5
C. Evaluation criteria for presentation
1. Presentation of written report and its submission
(timeliness) 15
2. Oral presentation 15
i. Oral presentation of preliminary
findings to the supervisor(s) (10%)
References:
1. Bannett, F.J., Prof., Ed. Lagos Melbourne, 1979, 1-190 (14). Community diagnosis and
health action, a manual for tropical and rural areas. Hong Kong: The Macmillan Press
Ltd., Johannesburg
2. Hale, S. Dr, Shrestha, I.B., Bhattacharya, A. Community Diagnosis Manual, learning
together from community diagnosis. Kathmandu: Health Learning Materials Center,
Tribhuvan University, Institute of Medicine, printed at Modern printing press (P) Ltd., 1-
100 (10).
List currently available References
126
SEVENTH SEMESTER
127
PD 401.3 (Credit hours 3)
Health Planning and Policy Development
BPH, Fourth Year, Seventh Semester
Course Objectives:
To develop the knowledge and skill of students in the development of health policy and plan.
Curriculum also intends to impart the knowledge on monitoring and evaluation. At the end of the
course students will be able to:
 Understand concepts and application of planning
 Develop, monitor and evaluate the plans
 Know the concepts and application of policy
 Critically review of the health policies in Nepal
Unit Course Contents hrs Details
I Concept and Application of Planning
 Meaning, scope , concept of planning
 Approaches to planning: planning model, national planning,
private and public sector planning
 Application of planning in Public Health
 Strategic planning
10
II
III
Developing, Monitoring and Evaluating Health Plan
 Different types of planning
 Planning used in delivering the health services
 Monitoring of planning
 Evaluation of the developed plan
Concept and Application of Policy
 Meaning, scope and concept of policy
 Types of policy
 Application of policy in public health
14
14
IV Critical Review of Health Plan and Policies in Nepal
 Review of the health policies in Nepal
 Priority Setting
 Resource allocation and budget and budgeting process
10
References:
1. Greem A. An introduction to health planning in developing of counties. Oxford
University Press. 1997.
2. African National Congress. A National Health Plan for South Africa.
128
3. Barker C. The health care policy process. London: Sage Publications, 1996.
4. Barnum H, Kutzin J. Public hospitals in developing countries: resource use,
5. Boulle A, Blecher M., Burn A. Hospital Restructuring.: Health Systems
6. Brijlal V, Hensher M. Estimating the costs of implementing the Primary Health
7. Department of Health Services. Annual report Kathmandu Nepal, 2003.
8. Dixit H. Quest of Health, Educational Enterprise, 1999.
9. HMGN, MOH. Human Resource Strategic Plan, 2003 -2017. Ministry of Health,
Ramsaha Path, Katmandu. April. 2003
10. HMGN, MOH. Second long term Health Plan 1997-2017. 1998
11. American Public Health Association (APHA): www.apha.org
12. Beijing 4th World Conference on Women: www.igc.org/beijing/beijing.html
13. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC): www.cdc.gov
14. CEDAW: www.un.org/womenwatch/daw/cedaw
15. CEDAW Coalition: www.womenstreaty.org
129
HEC 402.3 (Credit hours 3)
Health Economics
BPH, Fourth Year, Seventh Semester
Course Objectives:
To develop the knowledge and skills on micro and macro level economic intervention, and
appraisal in health. At the end of the course, students will able to:
 Clarify the basic concepts, terms, contribution and techniques of health economics.
 Illustrate and state the roles of demand and supply in health
 Identify the sources of financing in health sector and analyze the equity, efficiency, and
sustainability of various alternative financing schemes
Unit Course contents hrs Details
I Introduction
 Meaning and scope of health economics
 Similarity and differences between economic and health economics
 Principles and definition of the terms commonly used in health
economics
 The economic agent - producer, consumer and the role of the
government
4
II Micro and Macro economic in Health
 Concept of Micro and Macro economics in health
 Application of Micro and Macro economics in health
 National Income Accounts, National Health Accounts , GDP, GNP,
Inflation
 Real vs. Nominal Price
4
III Micro Economics Tools for Health
 Demand, Supply and Pricing System
 Market Equilibrium
 Elasticity of Demand and Supply: Price Elasticity, Cross-Elasticity,
Income Elasticity
 Production and Distribution of Health Care
 Production function
 Cost function and cost of delivery health care
8
IV Markets and Market Failure in Health Care
 Market and How does in work
 Market Mechanism in Health Care
 Public Goods, Exernalities
4
130
 Role of Government and Market in Health Care
V Economic Evaluation
 Concept and application of economic appraisal
 Cost concepts: Direct, Indirect, Average, Marginal cost, Total cost,
Unit cost, Capital and Recurrent cost, Fixed cost, Variable cost,
Shadow price, Opportunity cost.
 Cost analysis: Cost classification, Costs apportion, NPV, Discount
factor, Annualization factor, IRR, Cost recover, Break-even point.
 Tools and techniques of economic appraisal: Cost minimization
analysis, cost effectiveness analysis, cost benefit analysis and cost
utility analysis
 Health consequences, its nature and calculation, output, effect and
impact: calculation of in single and composite indicator (DALY,
QALY ) etc.
12
VI Health Care Financing
 Meaning and scope of health care financing
 Alternative health care financing
 Equity: Concept of Equity in Health, Vertical Equity, Horizontal
Equity, Measuring disparities in health, Gini Coefficient, Kakwani
Index
 Efficiency: Concept of Economic Efficiency, Allocative Efficiency,
Technical Efficiency
 Sustainability of health care financing
 District Health planning, resources allocation and systematic cost
reduction
 Concept of user charge and its application
 Evolution of insurance and health insurance
 Social Health Insurance, Community Health Insurance, Micro Health
Insurance and Private Health Insurance
 Health insurance in low and middle income countries
 Risks in Health Insurance: Moral Hazard, Adverse Selection, Cost
Escalation, Fraud and Abuse
 Risk Management: Co-payment/Co-insurance, Indemnity Payment,
Cream Skimming, Re-insurance
 Payment Mechanism: Capitation, Fee-for-Service, Salary Global
Budget, DRG
 Premium setting, Designing benefit package and fund management
 Health insurance options-universal coverage to development of social
insurance
 Managed care and health maintenance organization
13
VII Health Sector Reform
 The forces of driving health reform
3
131
 The health reform cycle
 He five control knobs: Financing, Payment, Organization: Macro
Strategies: Changing Public – private mix, changing provider mix,
decentralization, contracting: Micro Strategies: Corporatization and
autonomization, improving public sector performance, altering the
distribution of inputs, Regulation, and Behavior
References:
1. Creese A., Parker D. Cost Analysis in Primary Health Care, WHO, UNICEF, Aga
Khan Foundation 1994.
2. Pindyck, Robert S and Rubinfeld, Daniel L. Microeonomics, 5th
Edition
3. Michael Drumond and etal. Methods for the Economic Evaluation if Health Care
Program. Oxford University Press, 2nd
Edition, 1998
4. Cam Dondalson and Karen Gerard, Economics of Health Care Financing: The visible
Hands. The MacMillan Press Ltd. 1993
5. Andrew Green. An Introduction to Health Planning in Developing Countries. Oxford
University Press.
6. Thomas E. Getzen. Health Economics: Fundaments and Flow of Funds. Temple
University USA. John Wiley and Sons, 1997
7. Commission on Macroeconomic and Health (CMH) Report WHO, Geneva 2001
8. Dror DM, Preker AS. Social Reinsurance, A New approach to Sustainable
Community Health Financing, ILO and the World Bank, 2002
9. Ministry of Health, Public Expenditure Review of Health Sector 2003,2004.
10. Santerre, Neun SP. Health Economics-Theory and Practice, 1996
11. HMG Nepal. Fiscal and Monetary Policy
12. Witter S., Ensor T., Jowett M. Health Economics for Developing Countries-practical
guide. The University of York.
13. WHO. Economic Evaluation, 2000.
14. The World Health Report
15. The World Bank Institute, Introduction to the concepts and analytical tools of Health
Sector reform and sustainable financing
16. Barbara Mcpack, Lilani Kumaranayake and Charles Normand. Health Economics: An
International Perspective, Routledge 11 New Fetter Lane, London, 2002
17. Ministry of Health and Population. Nepal National Health Accounts
18. The World Bank. World Development Report: Investing in Health, 1993
19. www.healtheconomics.com
20. www.chepa.org/ - 26k
21. www.chere.uts.edu.au/
22. www.chula.ac.th
23. http://www.oheschools.org
132
24. www.questia.com
25. www.york.ac.uk/inst/che
26. www.who.int
27. www.healtheconomics.org
28. www.heapol.oupjounals.org
29. www.interscience.wiley.com
30. www.worldbank.org
31. www.moh.gov.np
Journals
1. Health Policy and Planning: A Journal on Health in development. Oxford University
Press.
2. Health Economics: A Journal of Health Economics
List Currently Available References:
1. …..
133
RCA 403.3 (Credit hours 3)
Health System Research and Computer Software Application
BPH, Fourth Year, Seventh Semester
Course Objectives:
To impart the knowledge on Health Systems Research, Health Research Systems and Health
Research Review Process. To strengthen the knowledge on computer software application. After
the completion of the course, the students will be able to:
 Understand the key concepts on health systems research and health research system
 Identify, analyze and write the statement of health systems research
 Review the Health Research Projects
 Use the different kinds of software in computer
Unit Course contents hrs
I Introduction
 Definition of Health Systems Research (HSR), Health Research Systems
(HRS)
 Application of HSR in the Development of Nation’s Health System
 Characteristics of HSR
6
II Health Systems
 National Health Systems
 Overview of Health Sector Reform in Nepal
 Heath Sector Planning and Programming
 Public/Private Sector Health Care Services
8
III Health Systems Research
 Identification and Analysis of HSR Problem
 Generation of HSR Hypothesis
 HSR Variables, their Scales of measurements, and Indicators
 Qualitative and Quantitative Methods in HSR
10
IV Health Research System
 National Health Research Policy
 Architecture of Health Research System
 National Strategies for Health Research System Development
5
134
 Networking and Co-ordination
 Development of Sustainable Health Research System
V Health Research Review Process
 Concepts on Review Process
 Format used for Health Research Review Process
 Research Review Guideline
 Health Program Evaluation
5
VI Computer Software Application
 General Introduction to Computer and its Accessories
 General Concepts on Microsoft Windows
 Basics in Excels, and PowerPoint
 Various kinds of Statistical Software used in Computer
 Use of Epi-2000 in Computer
 Use of SPSS in Computer
14
References:
1. Health Sector Strategy: An Agenda for Reform, HMG/N, Ministry of Health, 2004.
2. Laws S, Harper, Marcus R. Research for Development: A Practical Guide, Save the
Children, Vistaar Publication, New Delhi, 2003.
3. National Health Research Policy of Nepal, Nepal health Research Council, 2003.
4. Andreano R. The International Health Policy Program, The University of Wisconsin
Press, 2537 Daniels Street, Madison, Wisconsin 53718, 2001.
5. Grembowski D. The Practice of Health Program Evaluation, Sage Publication, Inc.,
2001.
6. Black N, Brazier J, Fitzpatrick R, Reeves B. Health Services Research Methods: A
Guide to best Practice, BMJ Books, 1998.
7. Varkevisser CM, Pathmanathan I, Brownlee A. Designing and Conducting Health
Systems Research Projects, HSR Training Series, Volume 2 Part 1, International
Development Research Centre, 1991.
8. MHP. Nepal Health Sector Program- Implementation Plan 2004-2009.
135
CFP 404.3 (Credit hours 3)
Comprehensive Field Practice
BPH, Fourth Year, Seventh Semester
Course Objectives:
To develop skills, which will make student competent public health professional with the
ability to identity health problems and needs in district health system. At the successful
completion of the course, students will be able to:
 Explore health problems in the districts, including determinants of the problems to prepare
a district health profile.
 Assess existing or potential resources for addressing health problems, as well as
constraints, which may hinder successful application of solutions.
 Prioritize health needs of the district and generate appropriate strategies for health.
 Co-ordinate health and non-health sector activities.

Unit Course contents hrs
I Orientation on comprehensive field practice
 Rationale for selecting districts
 Orientation for fieldwork and logistics.
 Orientation to the field activities.
 Orientation on national health indicator.
 Over view and networking of district level organizations (DPHO, DDC, Water
Supply, Agriculture, Education, Red Cross, CDO, FPAN, NGO, INGO, hospital
and other health related organizations of the district) which are directly and
indirectly related to health and related issues of the district.
15
II Unit-II: Preparation of Management Profile of District Health Problem 15 hours
 Major health problems of the district.
 Health planning Process and programmes/projects in district level
 Health services organization structure.
 Staffing patterns
 Coordination with other related organizations (line agencies, NGOs, INGOs).
 Supervision and monitoring system.
15
136
 Budgeting
 Health management information system.
 Logistics system
 Recording and reporting system.
III Critical Appraisal of Health Management Profile
 Analyze the status, strength and weaknesses of each of the management
components mentioned above using appropriate models.
 Observe management system work activities in the organizations towards goal
achievement.
 Recommend for alternative strategy or re-strengthening the management
component of overcoming the weakness for better management.
 Organize a seminar to present a health management profile of organization in
district/College
55
IV Mini- action Project
 Apply the knowledge and skills learned in various disciplines of health sciences
(epidemiology, bio-statistics, health education, nutrition, school health, health &
environment, family planning, MCH, etc) to develop mini-action project in a
group.
 Develop a mini-action project with objectives formulated on the prioritized basis
of problem and health needs.
 Implement the mini-action project developed and discrimination of findings at
district level.
 Evaluate mini-action project.
20
V Preparation and Submission of Field Study Reports
 Prepare baseline demographic and health profile of the district acquired from
secondary data on the basis of which write additional specific papers.
 Develop a plan to improve the effectiveness of specific aspect of the district
health system.
30
Course Evaluation: Comprehensive Field Practice
 Evaluation by Local Filed Supervisor………. … 5 %
 Evaluation by Campus/Institute Supervisor ……… 20 %
 District Seminar ……………………………. 10 %
 Presentation of Filed Work at Campus/Institute 15 %
137
 Evaluation of Written Report (District Profile)……20 %
 Micro-Health Project……………………………… 10 %
 Oral Defense of Written Report and Filed Work 20 %
HES 405.1 Seminar On Public Health Topics –I
SPT 405.6 Special Topics (Any Two)
1. Special Topics in Epidemiology
2. Special Topics in Nutrition and Health
3. Special Topics in Health System
4. Special Topics in Occupational Health
5. Special Topics in Environmental Health
6. Special Topics in Child Health
7. Special Topics in Health Economics
8. Special Topics in Reproductive Health
9. Special Topics in Primary Health Care
10. Special Topics in National Health Priorities Areas
11. Special Topics in Health Technology/ Public Health Laboratory
HES 406.1 Seminar On Public Health Topics -II
138
DIS 406.6 (Credit hours 6)
Dissertation
BPH, Fourth Year, Eighth Semester
Course Objectives:
To provide students the knowledge and practice of public health research activity, To enable
them to carry out researches and solve research related problems To help them in writing thesis
and defend their work. Upon successful completion of the course, the students shall be able to:
 Search relevant scientific literature
 Develop a research proposal
 Employ appropriate data collection techniques and tools
 Manage collected data
 Analyze data with appropriate statistical techniques
 Write thesis
 Defend the findings
Unit Course contents Hrs
I Proposal Development:
At the beginning of fourth year (Seventh Semester), students in a group of five in
consultation with designated faculties and extensive literature survey will develop
research proposal during the initial 3 months period.
II Data Collection/ Thesis Writing
Students will carry out data collection, data management, data analysis, and thesis
writing during the remaining period (Seventh and Eight Semester).
III The Dissertation should have following format:
1. Title
2. Introduction
139
3. Materials and Methods
4. Results
5. Discussion
6. Conclusion
7. Recommendation
8. References
9. Appendix
IV Evaluation:
Internal: 50% weight
Thesis Defense and Viva: 50% weight

More Related Content

PPTX
National Health Policy (Nepal)
PPTX
Evolution of public health- Dr Subraham Pany
PPTX
Critics of national health policy 1991
PPTX
Health Care Delivery System in Nepal
PPTX
National health policy 1991
PPTX
National health policy 2071
PPTX
Healthcare system in pakistan
PPTX
Materiovigilance Programme of India (MvPI).pptx
National Health Policy (Nepal)
Evolution of public health- Dr Subraham Pany
Critics of national health policy 1991
Health Care Delivery System in Nepal
National health policy 1991
National health policy 2071
Healthcare system in pakistan
Materiovigilance Programme of India (MvPI).pptx

What's hot (20)

PDF
Belmont report
PDF
Health for all- primary health care- millennium development goals
PPTX
PRINCIPLES OF HEALTH PROMOTION AND HEALTH EDUCATION.pptx
PPTX
Current Health System Nepal After health reform 2018
PDF
National tobacco control program (ntcp) in india
PPTX
National programme for prevention and control of cancer
PPTX
National tobacco control program (ntcp)
PPT
Epidemiology of NCD's
PPTX
History of public health
PDF
Distinction Between Development of Public Health and Medicine
PPTX
Concepts of prevention and control of diseases
PPT
Public health ethics
PPTX
Epcm l17 ethical and legal issues in public health
PPTX
National Urban Health Mission
PPT
Introduction to Public health
PDF
Review of health planning &budgeting from province to local level in federal ...
PPTX
Logistic Management
PPT
Principles of epidemiology
PPT
Understanding the Importance of Public Health
PPTX
Public Healthcare vs Private Healthcare in India A Systematic Review
Belmont report
Health for all- primary health care- millennium development goals
PRINCIPLES OF HEALTH PROMOTION AND HEALTH EDUCATION.pptx
Current Health System Nepal After health reform 2018
National tobacco control program (ntcp) in india
National programme for prevention and control of cancer
National tobacco control program (ntcp)
Epidemiology of NCD's
History of public health
Distinction Between Development of Public Health and Medicine
Concepts of prevention and control of diseases
Public health ethics
Epcm l17 ethical and legal issues in public health
National Urban Health Mission
Introduction to Public health
Review of health planning &budgeting from province to local level in federal ...
Logistic Management
Principles of epidemiology
Understanding the Importance of Public Health
Public Healthcare vs Private Healthcare in India A Systematic Review
Ad

Viewers also liked (17)

PPTX
ebola-public health emergency
PDF
Dorado Industries TrendWatch Q1 2016
PDF
Course Contents of BSc Agriculture Engineering
PDF
Class 4 journal and proposal writing
PPTX
Contract act ch 1 legal aspect of business law
PPT
The learner
PPTX
Growth and Development of the Learner
PPTX
Learner’s stages of growth and development
PPS
Group A - differences on Syllabus, Curriculum, SOW and Lesson Plan
PPTX
The Differences between Syllabus and Curriculum
PDF
Curriculum and syllabus- Octavio Canseco
PPT
What is a Syllabus in Language Teaching?
PPTX
Vital statistics
PPT
Vital statistics and demography
PPTX
Curriculum and syllabus
DOC
Public Health Questions and Answers for Students
ebola-public health emergency
Dorado Industries TrendWatch Q1 2016
Course Contents of BSc Agriculture Engineering
Class 4 journal and proposal writing
Contract act ch 1 legal aspect of business law
The learner
Growth and Development of the Learner
Learner’s stages of growth and development
Group A - differences on Syllabus, Curriculum, SOW and Lesson Plan
The Differences between Syllabus and Curriculum
Curriculum and syllabus- Octavio Canseco
What is a Syllabus in Language Teaching?
Vital statistics
Vital statistics and demography
Curriculum and syllabus
Public Health Questions and Answers for Students
Ad

Similar to Detail syllabus of bph (20)

PDF
B pharm detail syllabus1
DOCX
Master of Public Health (MPH) Orientation20161Welc.docx
PDF
Profile College of Nursing B. P. Koirala Institute of Health Sciences Nepal
PDF
GRIND_DrPHProgramStrategiProject_VFinal.docx
PDF
MPH Competencies (1)
PDF
B sc hs syllabus 15[1].07.2009
PDF
AEPI555D Syllabus sp17
PPTX
Why Do We Need Public Health Administration Degree And Its Benefits
PDF
CPH: Credential for Public Health Professionals
PDF
Lecture note on demographic transition.pdf
PPTX
Pattern of nursing education
PDF
Third Annual Issue - January 2016
PDF
Epi 504 Spring 16 Syllabus
PPTX
Career powerpoint.ppx
PPTX
Career powerpoint.ppx
DOCX
ATHIRA.docx
DOCX
Principles to be Followed While Preparing Master Rotation Plan
PPTX
PDF
EPI 504 spring 2017 syllabus
PPTX
ASPH Career Panel 2012
B pharm detail syllabus1
Master of Public Health (MPH) Orientation20161Welc.docx
Profile College of Nursing B. P. Koirala Institute of Health Sciences Nepal
GRIND_DrPHProgramStrategiProject_VFinal.docx
MPH Competencies (1)
B sc hs syllabus 15[1].07.2009
AEPI555D Syllabus sp17
Why Do We Need Public Health Administration Degree And Its Benefits
CPH: Credential for Public Health Professionals
Lecture note on demographic transition.pdf
Pattern of nursing education
Third Annual Issue - January 2016
Epi 504 Spring 16 Syllabus
Career powerpoint.ppx
Career powerpoint.ppx
ATHIRA.docx
Principles to be Followed While Preparing Master Rotation Plan
EPI 504 spring 2017 syllabus
ASPH Career Panel 2012

More from Time Pharmaceutical P.Ltd (10)

PDF
HVAC training 2020
PDF
Multidisciplinary nature of environmental studies: Natural Resources, Renewab...
PDF
Vendor validation,requirement for vendor validation.
PDF
National ethical guidelines
PDF
PDF
Essay questions
PDF
Ethical guidelines for the care and use of animals
PDF
Approval proposal format of NHRC
PDF
20 examples of cardiac and pulmonary auscultation
HVAC training 2020
Multidisciplinary nature of environmental studies: Natural Resources, Renewab...
Vendor validation,requirement for vendor validation.
National ethical guidelines
Essay questions
Ethical guidelines for the care and use of animals
Approval proposal format of NHRC
20 examples of cardiac and pulmonary auscultation

Recently uploaded (20)

PPT
STD NOTES INTRODUCTION TO COMMUNITY HEALT STRATEGY.ppt
PDF
Therapeutic Potential of Citrus Flavonoids in Metabolic Inflammation and Ins...
PDF
Handout_ NURS 220 Topic 10-Abnormal Pregnancy.pdf
PPT
HIV lecture final - student.pptfghjjkkejjhhge
PPTX
Respiratory drugs, drugs acting on the respi system
PPT
ASRH Presentation for students and teachers 2770633.ppt
DOC
Adobe Premiere Pro CC Crack With Serial Key Full Free Download 2025
PPTX
ACID BASE management, base deficit correction
PPTX
surgery guide for USMLE step 2-part 1.pptx
PPTX
DENTAL CARIES FOR DENTISTRY STUDENT.pptx
PPTX
Transforming Regulatory Affairs with ChatGPT-5.pptx
PPTX
CHEM421 - Biochemistry (Chapter 1 - Introduction)
PPT
OPIOID ANALGESICS AND THEIR IMPLICATIONS
PPTX
Note on Abortion.pptx for the student note
DOCX
RUHS II MBBS Microbiology Paper-II with Answer Key | 6th August 2025 (New Sch...
PPTX
CEREBROVASCULAR DISORDER.POWERPOINT PRESENTATIONx
PPTX
JUVENILE NASOPHARYNGEAL ANGIOFIBROMA.pptx
PDF
Intl J Gynecology Obste - 2021 - Melamed - FIGO International Federation o...
PPTX
anaemia in PGJKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH...
PPTX
Acid Base Disorders educational power point.pptx
STD NOTES INTRODUCTION TO COMMUNITY HEALT STRATEGY.ppt
Therapeutic Potential of Citrus Flavonoids in Metabolic Inflammation and Ins...
Handout_ NURS 220 Topic 10-Abnormal Pregnancy.pdf
HIV lecture final - student.pptfghjjkkejjhhge
Respiratory drugs, drugs acting on the respi system
ASRH Presentation for students and teachers 2770633.ppt
Adobe Premiere Pro CC Crack With Serial Key Full Free Download 2025
ACID BASE management, base deficit correction
surgery guide for USMLE step 2-part 1.pptx
DENTAL CARIES FOR DENTISTRY STUDENT.pptx
Transforming Regulatory Affairs with ChatGPT-5.pptx
CHEM421 - Biochemistry (Chapter 1 - Introduction)
OPIOID ANALGESICS AND THEIR IMPLICATIONS
Note on Abortion.pptx for the student note
RUHS II MBBS Microbiology Paper-II with Answer Key | 6th August 2025 (New Sch...
CEREBROVASCULAR DISORDER.POWERPOINT PRESENTATIONx
JUVENILE NASOPHARYNGEAL ANGIOFIBROMA.pptx
Intl J Gynecology Obste - 2021 - Melamed - FIGO International Federation o...
anaemia in PGJKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH...
Acid Base Disorders educational power point.pptx

Detail syllabus of bph

  • 1. Bachelor of Public Health (BPH) Curriculum Faculty of Science and Technology POKHARA UNIVERSITY
  • 2. 1 BACHELOR OF PUBLIC HEALTH (BPH) PROGRAM GOAL AND FOCUS Public health approach envisions to improve the lifestyles of the people. Therefore it is known as an important discipline of science. Public health has been growing up with different modest and applicable approaches that can contribute in insuring the health of people. The major school of thought of public health science is to promote the health of people through preventive and promotive strategies. A practical and applicable educational model needs to be introduced. Bachelor of public health program of Pokhara University is rightly designed to produce middle level young scientists who can competently work for the prevention of the disease and promotion of disease control strategies. In this light, introduction and implementation of quality education is become a principal motto of this program which envisioned to contribute in achieving the target of national health development. The major goal of the program is to produce public health graduates of highest academic, technical and practical skill. OBJECTIVES The course of BPH is designed to achieve the following objectives to:  Develop the knowledge and skills in applied health sciences, laboratory works on applied health sciences and their application.  Introduce and enhance the knowledge and practical skills in public health, primary health, health systems development, health economics, nutrition and environmental health.  Train and develop the skills on epidemiological aspects of diseases and health system.  Develop skills in designing, analyzing and evaluating applied public health science research and management.  Enhance the knowledge and practical skills in dealing with human resource development and existing issues in public health management.  Develop the research and scientific writing skills through the introduction of term paper and thesis.  Ensure the skillful, practical and leading human resources through the community diagnosis and comprehensive field practices.  Develop the extracurricular competencies through training, seminar and exposure.
  • 3. 2 CAREER OPPORTUNITY There is growing concern for improvement of health status from all stakeholders within Nepal or in the foreign countries. Provision of equitable access to health care for attainment of an acceptable level of health and better quality of life of the people by creating more equitable distribution of resources is the dominant concern of Nepal today. In many parts of the world scientists are investing themselves in introducing public health interventions that can deal with the lifestyle. However, Nepal is facing three fold burdens of diseases (communicable, life style related and poverty). In order to cope with this complex situation, development of public health graduates has become inescapable. Very few number of public health workers are working within Nepal or in the other countries. In general, a BPH graduates can choose following area to build the career: 1. University (Education and Research) 2. Health Organization 3. Health Center 4. Hospital 5. Health Research Council
  • 4. 3 AN INTRODUCTION TO BPH PROGRAM A. GENERAL 1. Title The title of the program is Bachelor of Public Health (BPH). 2. Objective The objective of the BPH program is to produce competent and need based public health graduates. 3. Course Structure  The program follows the credit system. Each course is assigned a certain number of credits depending generally upon its lecture, tutorial and practical work hours in a week. In theory subjects, one lecture per week is assigned one credit as a general rule.  Three credit hours of theory is equivalent to 48 hours lecture and one credit hour of practical is equivalent to 45 hours practical in one semester.  The BPH course comprises total of 149 credit hours spreading over eight semesters. There will be concurrent and residential fieldwork during the sixth and seventh semesters. 4. Course Coding Each course is identified by initial letter of the course title followed by three digit number and credit hours after decimal i.e. Introduction to Public Health (IPH 101.2), Term Paper 1 (TPP1.1). 5. Normal and Maximum Duration of Stay in the University The normal duration for completing the BPH course is four years. In exceptional case, however, the student is allowed normal duration plus two years to complete the course. If a student is unable to complete the course within six years from the time of admission, the University registration is annulled. 6. Academic Schedule The academic session consists of two semesters per year. Generally the Fall Semester (September - February) starts in September and the Spring Semester (February - August) begins in February, however it may differ slightly in any particular year. 7. Medium of Teaching and Examination The medium of instruction and examination for BPH program will be English.
  • 5. 4 B. ADMISSION AND EXAMINATION 1. Entry Requirement for New Student The entry requirement for a new student in BPH will be Intermediate in Science (I. Sc.) or Higher Secondary Level (10+2 Science streams) or Proficiency Certificate Level (PCL, Science), or Certificate in Health Sciences or equivalent as recognized by Pokhara University with at least 50% marks. Besides the basic academic requirement, an entrance examination will be held for all applicants. 2. Admission Procedure A notice inviting application for admission is publicly announced. The application forms and information brochures are provided, on request, after the payment of the prescribed fee. The concerned college scrutinizes the applications. The eligible candidates are informed to take the entrance test. The date and time for the entrance test is informed to the prospective students by the college. The college may also interview the candidates for final selection for admission. The candidates, who are given provisional admission under special condition, are required to submit all necessary documents within a month of the beginning of regular classes. Otherwise, the admission will be annulled. 3. Student Evaluation The student’s academic performance during a semester will be evaluated internally (sessional work) and externally (the final examination). The sessional work examination will be evaluated by the teaching Faculty and it will be of 50% weight. The remaining 50% will be the final examination, conducted by University. In the practical courses, 80% will be internal and 20% final examination. To pass a particular course, a student must obtain a minimum of D grade in sessional work (average of internal assessments) and the final examination, separately. 4. Attendance Requirement The students must attend every lecture, tutorial, seminar and practical classes. However, to accommodate for sickness and other contingencies, the attendance requirement shall be a minimum of 80% of the classes in any particular subject, otherwise s/he shall not be allowed to take the final examination in that subject. If a student is continuously absent in the class for more than four weeks without notifying
  • 6. 5 the authorities, his/her name will be removed form the school roll. 5. Course Registration The academic record of a student shall be maintained in terms of the courses for which s/he registers in any semester, and the grades s/he obtains in those courses. Registration for courses is done at the beginning of each semester. Since registration is a very important procedural part of the credit system, it is absolutely essential that all students present themselves at the school. In case of illness or any exceptional circumstance during the registration period, the student must inform the University authority. Registration absentia may be allowed only in rare cases, at the discretion of the authorized person. However, the student's nominee cannot register for courses and will only be allowed to complete other formalities. Generally in a particular semester or year only those courses would be offered for registration which are mentioned in the syllabus, however their sequence may be interchanged if necessary. 6. Repeating a Course Since passing of all courses individually is a degree requirement, the student must retake the failing core course when offered and must successfully complete the course. Retaking a course in which a student has earned a D grade is optional. Student can retake a course when one receives GPA less than 2.0. The grade earned on the retake will be substituted for the grade earned previously. 7. Transfer of Credit Hours A maximum up to 25% of the total credit hours of course completed in an equivalent program of a recognized institution may be transferred/ waived for credit on the recommendation of the head of the faculty. For transfer of credit, a student must have received a grade of B or better in respective course. Courses taken earlier than five years from the time of transfer may not be accepted for transfer of credit. However, a student transferring from one program to another program of Pokhara University may receive a credit transfer of all the compatible courses completed with at least grade C. The concerned Subject Committee of the University will make an evaluation of the applicant for transfer of credit. The awarding of transferred credit will be based on the applicant’s score in the University, which s/he has attended previously.
  • 7. 6 8. Final Examination University conducts final examination at the end of each semester. The procedure of final examination conduction will be as per the examination rules of the University. 9. Unsatisfactory Results Students may apply for retotalling or rechecking of their grades as per University rule, upon payment of prescribed fee. C. Grading System The grades (marks) awarded to student in a course is based on his/her consolidated performance in sessional and final examinations. The letter grade in any particular subject is an indication of a student's relative performance in that course. The pattern of grading will be as follows: Letter Grade Grade point description A 4.0 Excellent A- 3.7 B+ 3.3 B 3.0 Good B- 2.7 C+ 2.3 C 2.0 Satisfactory C- 1.7 D+ 1.3 D 1.0 Minimum requirement F 0 Failing In unusual circumstances, the student may be awarded an incomplete grade of "I". If all the requirements are not completed within the following semester, the grade of "I" will be automatically converted to an "F". A student receiving an "I" grade does not need to register for that subject in the following semester to complete the required works. The performance of a student in a semester will be evaluated in terms of the semester grade point average (SGPA). The student’s final grade will be calculated on cumulative grade point average (CGPA). SGPA = Total honor points earned in a semester/total number of credits registered in a semester. CGPA = Total honor points earned/total number of credits completed. D. Division EQUIVALENCE In Pokhara University, CGPA 2.5 or more and 3.0 or more are considered as Second and First divisions, respectively. E. DISMISSAL FROM THE PROGRAM A student is normally expected to maintain a CGPA of 2.0. A student failing to maintain a satisfactory academic standard shall be dismissed from the program. In case a student gets less than 2.0 SGPA then in marginal cases only the Dean or the faculty can allow the student to continue his/her studies on the recommendation of program director or the subject committee.
  • 8. 7 F. AWARD OF DEGREE On completion of all requirements with CGPA of 2.0 or better, the student will be awarded a degree of Bachelor of Public Health (BPH). G. DEGREE WITH DISTINCTION To obtain a degree with distinction, a student must obtained CGPA 3.6 or better H. DEAN’S LIST The Dean’s list recognizes outstanding performances of academic excellence by students. To qualify, a student must obtain a CGPA of 3.7 or better. Note: The provisions of this document are not to be regarded as a binding contract between the University and the students. The University reserves the right to change any provisions or requirements contained in this document at any time, without pre-notification, within the students’ term of residence.
  • 10. 9 APL 102.3 (Credit hours 3) Anatomy and Physiology Course Objectives: To provide basic concept and knowledge on anatomy and physiology with respective systems, structures and functions of different system and organs. At the end of the course, students will be able to:  Define basic terminologies used in anatomy and physiology  Describe the structures and functions of different system of human body.  Describe the structures and the functions of the cells, tissues, organ system and types and relation to each other and the physiological homeostasis Unit Course Description Hrs. Detail 1 Anatomy General Introduction  Definition of anatomical terminologies such as Anterior, Posterior, Superior, Inferior, Proximal, Extension, Flexion, Abduction, Distal, Sagital, (Coronal, Palmar, Dorsal and Ventral)  Components of human cell, tissue, organ and their functions 2 UNIT: I 24 Hrs 1. General introduction • Definition of anatomical terminologies such as anterior, posterior, superior, inferior, proximal, extension, flexion, abduction, distal, sagital,(coronal, palmar, dorsal and ventral) • Components of human cell, tissue, organ and their functions 2. GENERAL PHYSIOLOGY • Nomenclature of different components of animal cells and their function • Different tissue of body and their characteristic • Definition of body fluids and electrolyte
  • 11. 10 balance, classification and their composition 3. Organs systems A. G.I.SYTEM • Nomenclature of different parts of gastro intestinal tract • Position of salivary glands and pancreas • Identification of position lobes and structure of liver • Discussion of extent of hepatic biliary apparatus • Basic concept of peritoneal folds A. PHYSIOLOGY OF G.I. SYSTEM • Mechanism of mastication, deglutition, absorption, defecation and vomiting • Activation of different enzyme system on smell, ingestion and hunger • Function of different glands involved in digestion i.e. tonsils, buccal glands, salivary glands, gastric glands, pancreas, liver etc. • Peristalsis and regurgitation B. MUSCULO SKELETAL • Name and identification of
  • 12. 11 appendicular and axial skeleton • Different types of joints and their characteristic PHYSIOLOGY OF MUSCULO SKELETAL • Muscles contraction and excitation • Movement of different joints i.e. shoulder, hip,knee,ankle, elbow,wrist etc. • Co-ordination of movement • Cellular respiration, dehydration and contraction ANATOMY OF NEUROSENSORY SYSTEM • Different components of nervous system • Identification of different parts of brain and coverings • Extent and covering of spinal cord • Main tracts of spinal cord • Cranial nerves and their area of supply PHYSIOLOGY OF NERVOUS SYSTEM • Function of different parts of brain and spinal cord and its coverings • Function of different
  • 13. 12 cranial nerves • Function of special senses • Function of sympathetic and parasympathetic nervous system • Correlate physiological aspects of meningitis, encephalitis and epilepsy 2 Organ Systems UNIT: II 24 Hrs ANATOMY OF RESPIRATORY SYSTEM • Enumerate different parts of respiratory sytem • Identification of paranasal air sinuses, larynx, trachea and bronchus • Identification of different parts of lungs and pleura • Identification of different parts of bronchial tree PHYSIOLOGY OF RESPIRATORY SYSTEM • Function of nose, paranosal sinuses, nasopharynx, trachea, bronchus and alveoli of the lungs • Surfactants of lungs • Gases exchanges and transport of gases in blood
  • 14. 13 • Lungs volume and change in volume in different respiratory activities • COPD, Dyspnoea, PND and Orthopnoea • Mechanism of coughing ANATOMY OF CARDIOVASCULAR SYSTEM • Identification of parts, chambers and valves of heart • Extent and branches of abdominal aorta, external carotid artery and internal iliac artery • Identification of the extent of axillary artery, brachial artery, radial artery, ulner artery, femoral artery, poplitial artery, anterior and posterior tibial arterteries, dorsalispedis • Identification of superior vena cava (SVC), inferior vena cava (IVC), dural venus sinuses PHYSIOLOGY OF CARDIOVASCULAR SYSTEM • Composition and functions of blood • Definition of haemopoiesis and
  • 15. 14 disorders of blood components • Definition of blood group and mention its importance • Clotting factors and the step of coagulation • Functions of spleen • Functions of heart • Pulmonary and systemic circulation cardiac cycle and heart sounds • Definition of blood pressure and explain the mechanism of its regulation • Correlate physiological aspects of the ischemic heart disease, hypertension, artherosclerosis ANATOMY OF LYMPHATIC SYSTEM • Mention area of drainage of thoracic ducts, axillary group of lymph nodes, inguinal group of lymph nodes, pre and para aortic lymph nodes ANATOMY OF REPRODUCTIVE SYSTEM • Nomenclature of different parts, situation and extent of male and female genital organs PHYSIOLOGY OF
  • 16. 15 ENDOCRINE AND REPRODUCTIVE SYSTEM • Main functions of different endocrine glands • Physiological aspect of goiter and diabetes mellitus • Functions of male and female genital organs • Physiology of menstruation • Basic concepts of spermatogenesis, ovulation and pregnancy • Physiological basics of contraceptives ANATOMY OF ENDOCRINE SYSTEM • Enumeration of different endocrine glands, their position, secretion, and their function ANATOMY OF URINARY SYTEM  Identification of different parts of uninary system • Explanation of parts of kidney in a coronal section • Identification of different parts of nephron • Identification of different parts of uninary bladder •
  • 17. 16 PHYSIOLOGY OF URINARY SYSTEM • Function of different parts of kidney and urinary tract • Mechanism of formation or urine and micturition • Correlate the physiological aspects of polyurea and the renal stones A G.I. System  Nomenclature of different parts of Gastro intestinal Tract.  Position of salivary glands and pancreas.  Identification of position lobes and structure of liver  Discussion of extent of hepatic biliary apparatus.  Basic concept of peritoneal folds 3 b. Musculo Skeletal  Name and identification of appendicular and axial skeleton.  Different types of joints and their characteristic. 2 • c. Neurosensory System  Different components of nervous system.  Identification of different parts of the brain and coverings.  Extent and covering of spinal cord.  Main tracts of spinal cord.  Cranial nerves and their area of supply. 3 • d. Respiratory System  Enumerate different parts of respiratory system.  Identification of paranasal air sinuses, larynx, trachea and bronchus.  Identification of different parts of lungs and pleura.  Identification of different parts of bronchial tree. 2 •
  • 18. 17 e. Cardiovascular System  Identification of parts, chambers and valves of heart.  Extent and braches of abdominal aorta, external carotid artery and internal iliacartery.  Identification of the extent of Axillary artery, Brachial artery, Radial artery,  Ulner artery, Femoral artery, Poplitial artery, Anterior and Posterior tibial arteries, Dorsalispedis.  Identification of Superior venacava (SVC), Inferior Venacava,(IVC), Dural venus sinuses 4 • f. Lymphatic System  Mention area of drainage of thoracic ducts, Axillary group of lynph nodes,  Inguind group of lynph nodes, Pre and Para aortic lynph nodes. 2 • g. Reproductive System  Nomenclature of different parts, situation and extent of male and female genital organs. 2 • h. Urinary System  Identification of different parts of urinary system.  Explanation of parts of kidney in a coronal section.  Identification of different parts of nephron.  Identification of different parts of urinary bladder. 2 i. Endocrine System 2 hours  Enumeration of different endocrine glands, their position, secretions, and their functions. 2 2 Physiology  General Physiology o Nomenclature of different components of animal cells and their function. o Different tissue of body and their characteristic. o Definition of body fluids and electrolyte balance, classification and their composition. 2 • Human System o G.I. System o Mechanism of mastication, deglutition, 3
  • 19. 18 digestion, absorption, defecation and o vomiting. o Activation of different enzyme system on smell, ingestion and hunger. o Function of different glands involved in digestion i.e. tonsils, buccal glands, o salivary glands, gastric glands, pancreas, liver etc. o Peristalsis and regurgitation. Cardiovascular System and Blood 6 hours • Composition and functions of blood. • Definition of haemopoiesis and disorders of blood components. • Definition of blood group and mention its importance. • Clotting factors and the step of coagulation. • Functions of spleen. • Functions of heart. • Pulmonary and systemic circulation cardiac cycle and hearts sounds. • Definition of blood pressure and explain the mechanism of its regulation. • Correlate physiological aspects of the ischemic heart disease, hypertension, atherosclerosis. o Respiratory System • Function of nose, paranosal sinuses, nasopharynx, trachea, bronchus and alveoli of the lungs. • Surfactants of lungs. • Gasses exchanges and transport of gases in blood. • Lungs volume and change in volume in different respiratory activities. • COPD, Dyspnoea, PND and Orthopnoea. • Mechanism of coughing. 3 o Musculo Skeletal • Muscles contraction and excitation. • Movement of different joints i.e. shoulder, hip, knee, ankle, elbow, wrist etc. • Co-ordination of movement. • Cellular respiration, dehydration and 2
  • 20. 19 contraction o Nervous System • Function of different parts of brain and spinal cord and its coverings. • Function the different cranial nerves. • Function of special senses. • Function of sympathetic and para sympathetic nervous system. • Correlate physiological aspects of meningitis, encephalitis and epilepsy. 2 o Urinary System 1. Function of different parts of kidney and urinary tract. 2. Mechanism of formation of urine and micturation. 3. Correlate the physiological aspects of polyuria and the renal stones. 2 o Endocrine and Reproductive System 4. Main functions of different endocrine glands. 5. Physiological aspect of Goitre and Diabetes mellitus. 6. Functions of male and female genital organs. 7. Physiology of menstruation. 8. Basic concepts of spermatogenesis, ovulation and pregnancy. 9. Physiological basics of contraceptives. 4
  • 21. 20 BCA 106.3 (Credit hours 3) Bio-statistics and Computer Application I BPH, First Year, First Semester Course Objectives: To develop the student’s skills on basic statistics used in public health research and to develop the student’s skills in handling the statistical software in computer. After the completion of the course, the students will be able to:  Understand the key concepts on descriptive statistics.  Identify and use of appropriate descriptive statistical measures.  Handle the statistical software in computer.  Plan out the data analysis process and prepare data entry format in appropriate statistical software package. Course Contents: Unit I: Descriptive Statistics 6hours 1. Introduction  Introduction to statistics, functions of statistics, limitation  Definition of Common Statistical Terms  Descriptive and inferential statistics  Record, data, information  Survey, census, sample  Variables: dependent and independent  Scales of measurement: nominal, ordinal, interval, ratio  Difference between Statistics and Bio-statistics - some basic concepts  Uses of Bio-statistics in public health research 2. Measures in Descriptive Statistics 14 hours  Methods of describing data: Frequency Distribution, relative frequency distribution, cumulative frequency disribution  Diagrammatic and Graphical Representation.: Bar diagram, Piechart, Histogram, Frequency polygon, Frequency curve, Ogive curve)  Types of Data: Qualitative and Quantitative and their sources.  Measures of Central Tendency and Location: Arithmetic Mean, Weighted mean, Combined mean, Median, Percentiles, Quartiles, Geometric Mean, Mode  Measures of Dispersion: Range, Quartile Deviation, Mean Deviation, Standard Deviation, Variance, combined variance, Coefficient of Variance  Common Measures of Health Status: Count, Ratio, Proportion, Percentage, Rate. 3. Probability Distribution 8 hours  Concepts of probability, terminology used in probability, approaches to probability, Laws of Probability, Conditional Probability and Bayes’s Theorem
  • 22. 21  Random Variables, discrete and Continuous Probability Distribution  The Binomial Distribution and its characteristics  The Poisson Distribution and its characteristics  The Normal Distribution: Empirical and Symmetry Properties of the Normal Distribution 4. Sampling Distribution 6 hours  Sampling Introduction  Concept of sampling  Terminology: Population, sample, parameter, statistic, sampling frame, sampling units.  Probability sampling: Simple random sampling (with replacement, without replacement, methods: lottery, random number table), stratified, systematic, cluster, multistage sampling  Non probability: Purposive, convenience, quota, snowball  Concept of sampling distribution  Distribution of the Sample Mean and proportion,  Standard error for mean and proportion,  Distribution of the Difference between two sample means  Distribution of the Difference between two sample proportion (Note: In all sub units, examples are from health related field) 5. Unit II: Computer Applications 14 hours  Overview of various statistical software programs available for data analysis process  Epi info, SPSS, STATA, STAT, SAS, R, MS excel  Introduction to Computer,  What is computer?  Dos and windows based operating system  Different parts of computer/ systems architecture  Use of Epi-Info 2000 and SPSS in computer  Making Data Entry Format and Creating New Variables  Data entry in excel using validation and conditional formatting,  Converting data format from excel to SPSS  Simple Descriptive Statistical Data Analysis Process in Computers in SPSS  Making Presentation Slides in Computer (Power Point) References: 1. Gurung CK: A handbook of Bio-statistics, 1st Edition, Makalu Books, Kathmandu, 2005. 2. Rosner B.: Study Guide: Fundamentals of Bio-statistics, 5th Edition, Duxbuey Thomson Learning, 2000. 3. Daniel WW.: Bio-statistics: A Foundation for Analysis in the Health Sciences, 7th Edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 1999. 4. Anthony D.: Understanding Advanced Statistics, Churchill Livingstone, Harcourt Brace and Company Limited, 1999.
  • 23. 22 5. Essex-Sorlie D.: Medical Bio-statistics & Epidemiology, 1st Edition, Appleton & Lange, Morwalk, Connecticut, USA, 1995. 6. Mahajan BK.: Methods in Bio-statistics, Jaypee Brothers, Medical Publishers P. Ltd., G- 16, EMCA House, 23/23B, Ansari Road, Daryaganj, Post Box: 7193, New Delhi 110 002, India, 1991
  • 24. 23 MLI 104.3 (Credit hours 3) Microbiology and Immunology Course Objectives: To provide the basic concepts in microbiology, (bacteriology, virology, parasitology, mycology), immunology and disease process. Upon the successful completion of the course, students will be able to:  Describe the concepts of microbial diseases (fungal, parasitic, bacterial, viral and immunological diseases) and the life cycle of common intestinal and blood parasites and able to conduct disease prevent, prevention and control mechanism of microbial diseases.  Explain the morphology, physiology and growth requirement of bacteria describe concepts of normal, opportunistic- and pathogenic microorganisms.  Understand the mechanism of infection, development of immunity and diagnosis, describe sterilization methods and their uses.  Identify the common and important diseases in communities, and describe the selection, collection and transportation, storage and processing of specimens.  Understand the basic concepts and techniques in immunology. Unit Course Description Hrs. Detail Suggestion 1 1. Introduction to Microbiology • Definition scope and history of microbiology • Classification of microbial diseases.  Introduction to community acquired microbial infection 4 6 hrs 2. Bacteriology • Classification of bacteria. • Normal bacterial flora on/ in the human body. • Opportunistic and pathogenic organisms. • Bacterial physiology and growth factors. • Mechanism of infection, resistance to infection and immunity 10 Morphological classification of bacteria, General structure of bacteria, Factors affecting bacterial growth, Mechanism of pathogenesis
  • 25. 24 • Spread of diseases, pandemic, endemic, epidemics and nosocomial infection. • Physical sterilization, chemical disinfections and irradiation. • Selection, collection and transportation, Storage and processing of specimens for identification of common diseases of public health concern • Laboratory techniques- practical- staining- Gram+ AFB, Culture- Agar/ Broth, Rapid mehods- Elisa/ ICT Removed 3. Virology • Introduction and scope of virology. • Classification and replication of virus. • Introduction to viral diseases of public health concern (Influenza, Measles, RSV, Arbovinuses, Rotrovirus, Hepaduaviruses, Coronaviruses, Picornavirus, Rhabdovirus, Adenovirus, Orthomko, Parayko etc.) • Collection and preservation of viral specimen for laboratory study. • Prevention and control of viral diseases 8 Hepadnavirus, Picornavirus, Herpes virus, Rotavirus, Retrovirus, Orthromyxovirus, Paramyxovirus, Rubella virus and Rhabdovirus.) Structure and morphology of virus, Introduction to viral diseases of public health concern) 4. Parasitology • Classification of parasites of public health importance • Introduction to parasitic diseases associated with poor hygienic conditions 16 Entamoeba histolytica, Giardia lamblia, Hookworm, Roundworm Blood and tissue parasites:
  • 26. 25 • Blood and tissue parasites (Malaria parasite, Kala-azar, Microflaria), their life cycle and mode of infection • Intestinal parasites • Selection, collection, transportation of sample, & processing of samples. • Treatment, prevention and control of common parasitic diseases Wet mount preparation, NS preparation, Concentration techniques 2 • Introduction to immunology • Types of Immunity • Defense mechanism of body. • Antigen, antibody and antigen antibody Reactions • Hypersensitivity reaction. • Basic concept of immunology in diagnosis of viral diseases. 10 Basic concept of immunology in diagnosis of bacterial, viral, parasitological and fungal diseases 6 Mycology(New addition) Introduction of mycology and structure of fungi Classification of fungal diseases Antifungal agents Selection, collection, transportation, preservation & processing of fungal samples IPH 101.2 (Credit hours 2)
  • 27. 26 Introduction to Public Health Course Objectives: To clarify the students on history, development and application of public health, at the completion of the course students will be competent to • Describe the history, concept, definition, scope and limitation of public health • Educate the student on major public health problems existing in Nepal. Uni t Course Description Hrs. Detail 1 Public Health 16 hours  Definition of public health  Historical development of public health from global to Nepalese context  Concept of diseases, health and being healthy  Scope of public health  Preventive health and level of prevention  Differentiate between public health, community health, community medicine and clinical medicine  Concept of burden of disease and role of public in controlling disease 16 Concept of diseases, health and being healthy: Health: Concept & Definition, Dimensions of health, Determinants of health (including epidemiological triad), Concept of Wellbeing, iceberg phenomenon, spectrum of health. Disease: Concept including sickness & illness, definitions, Natural History of disease, causation theory: Germ theory. Public Health: Concept and Definitions Scope and function Historical development of public health from global(different Eras) to Nepalese context (From 2008BS) Concept of burden of disease and role of public health in controlling disease. 2 Public Health Problems in Nepal • Vaccine preventable diseases: • Waterborne diseases • Communicable diseases 16 Concept: Public health problems in Nepal Communicable
  • 28. 27 • Non communicable diseases • Injuries: domestic and industrial • Reproductive tract infections • Mental health and drug abuse diseases: Waterborne diseases: Vaccine preventable diseases: Non communicable diseases: Reproductive tract infections: Malnutrition: Population Growth: Urbanization: Road Traffic Accidents Mental health and drug abuse: (Give emphasis on following topics: Introduction, Public health burden, current situation and comparison) References (in priority order)
  • 29. 28 PPB 103.3 (Credit hours 3) Pharmacology, Pharmacy and Biochemistry Course Objectives: To impart the basic concept and knowledge on Pharmacy, Pharmacology and Biochemistry. At the end of the course, students will be able to:  Describe pharmacy and pharmacological related terminologies and the actions, reactions and the side effect of important drugs.  Identify the various adverse effects of commonly used drugs and enumerate the name of emergency drugs, their procedure of administration and mode of actions.  Understand the basic concepts and acquire the basic knowledge of biochemistry. Unit Course Description Hrs. Detail 2 Biochemistry • Introduction and application of Biochemistry in public health • Basic concepts on Infectious & life style disease Biochemistry • Basic concept of acid, base and salts, acid-base indicator • Water (Types, Properties and Ionization) including the concept of pH • Buffer solution (Definition, Types of Buffers present in Body Fluid and their Significance) • Carbohydrates (Definition, Classification, Physical and Chemical Properties) • Glucose absorption and its homeostasis • Proteins (Definition, Classification, Physical and Chemical Properties) • Amino-acids (Definition, Classification and Biomedical Importance) • Fatty acids (Definition, Nomenclature and Biomedical Importance) • Definition, nomenclature and biomedical importance of lipid • Important aspects of essential amino acids and fatty acids • Biomedical importance of Cholesterol, Bile salts, Hormones and Lipoproteins • Enzymes and co-enzymes (Definition, Classification and Biomedical(Importance) • Nucleic acids (DNA, RNA, Nucleotide, Nucleoside) • Macro and micronutrients (Iron, Calcium, Iodine, Cupper, Zinc, Phosphorus, Magnesium, Manganese, Molybdenum, Cobalt, Nickel etc.) - Daily requirements, source, biomedical importance • Vitamins (Fat and Water Soluble) - Daily requirements, source, biomedical importance 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 As it is….
  • 30. 29 Pharmacology, Pharmacy and Biochemistry PPB 103.3 (Credit hours 3) Course Objectives: To impart the basic concept and knowledge on Pharmacy, Pharmacology and Biochemistry. At the end of the course, students will be able to:  Describe pharmacy and pharmacological related terminologies and the actions, reactions and the side effect of important drugs.  Identify the various adverse effects of commonly used drugs and enumerate the name of emergency drugs, their procedure of administration and mode of actions.  Understand the basic concepts and acquire the basic knowledge of biochemistry. Unit Course Description Hrs. Detail 1 PHARMACOLOGY 1. Introduction • Principles of pharmacokinetics, pharmacodynamics and pharmacogenetics • General concepts of anti-microbial therapy. • Principles of Geriatric prescribing, Pediatric prescribing and Prescribing for Pregnant Woman • Classification of drugs 4 Terminologies used in pharmacology Pharmacokinetics- Introduction, Process of drug movement, ADME and factors affecting ADME Pharmacodynamics- Principle, Types of drug action, Mechanisms of drug action Pharmacogenetics: Principle, examples Principles of Geriatric, Pediatric and Pregnant Woman Prescribing- Physiologic processes affecting pharmacokinetic and pharmacokinetic variables Classification of drugs- schedule Ka, Kha, Ga, Gha General concept of antimicrobial therapy- principle, choice, combined use of antimicrobials, failure of antimicrobial therapy 2. Important Drugs and their Actions • Life saving drugs: classification, mechanism of action, fate of drugs, side effects, indications and 12 Concept of essential and life saving drugs- use, implementation, problems in implementation, general idea of WHO and National essential drug lists Drugs used in different mentioned diseases- general introduction to the
  • 31. 30 contraindication. • Concept of essential drugs and its implementation in Nepal • Drugs Used in TB, Malaria, Kala-azar, Leprosy, ARI, Diarrheal diseases, Common infections, HIV/AIDS, COPD, Diabetes, Hypertension. • Antibiotics: Use, Misuse, and Resistance • Use of antibiotics in food and animals and its public health implications. • Drug Policy, Drug Act, Standard Treatment Guidelines disease,non-pharmacological and pharmacological management(only classify drugs use ) Antibiotics- Use, Misuse, Resistance (Mechanisms, types and prevention), use in food and animals and its impact on public health Drug policy(preamble, objectives and components) Drug Act- (preamble, objectives and components) Standard Treatment Guidelines- Introduction, Advantages and disadvantages, preparation of guideline and its implementation 3. Date of Manufacture and Expiry Date of Drugs, Handling and Drug Storage; Concepts of GMP, GLP and GCP 3 Stability of drugs, concept on shelf life and expiry, handling and storage requirements and conditions of drugs GMP, GLP, GCP- principle, purpose, importance 4. Basic Concept of Rational Drug Use 4 Introduction, Why rational drug use?, Rational prescribing, Causes of irrational drug use and associated problems with implementation, strategies to promote rational use of drugs 5. Vaccination and Importance in Maintaining Cold Chain 3 Introduction to vaccines and vaccination, Examples of common vaccines Stability of vaccines and need and method of maintaining cold chain in vaccination Further Suggesion: The pharmacology course is combined with biochemistry. On one hand this provides very little knowledge on pharmacy, pharmacology and on the other these two subjects are not inter-related. So it would be better to separate the pharmacy portion.
  • 32. 31 Technical English: The sole objective of this course is to develop all the four aspects of English language learning; listening, speaking, writing and reading. Especially, it aims at enhancing these aspects of learning skills in technical English. SN Course Content Teaching Hours Details 1 Review of Written English Sentence structure (Identification of sentence or its types and transformation of sentences) and clauses 8 1. Brief discussion of sentence structure. 2.Sentence types:- a) Rhetorical type: i) Introduction of simple, complex and compound sentences. ii) Ways of Identification of these sentences and transformation of these sentence types into each other. b. Grammatical Type i) short introduction of declarative, interrogative, exclamatory and imperative sentence 3. Brief discussion about the clauses 2 Oral Communication, Note Taking and Summarizing: Preposition and noun phrase(noun, adjective and adverbs) and their use, verbal phrases, Types of English, (Variety levels of English), Technical talk (Environmental Impact, Construction, Water Resources, Impact of Computer in Modern Society, Impact of Satellite Education, Urban Development Drug Use Problems, Role of Public Health Professionals in the Community Disease Outbreak) 15  Types of English :- 1. On the basis of Education- a) Standard English :- Short introduction of its types: i) Formal ii) Informal iii) Colloquial b) Non-Standard English 2. On the basis of Geography and Nationality :- a) British English b) American English Some of the major differences between American and British English regarding
  • 33. 32 spelling, sentence formation etc.  Technical Talk 1. Brief discussion on the features of different technicality level:- a) Highly Technical Level b) Semi-technical Level c) Non-technical Level 2. Teaching students about different delivery techniques :- a) Impromptu Delivery b) Memorized Delivery c) Read Delivery d) Extemporaneous Delivery 3. Application of these techniques into practical level by encouraging students orally as well as theoretically on the prescribed course content.  Note Taking:- Styles of Note Taking:- 1) Arabic Numerals: 1,2,3,4... 2) Decimal System: - 1.1, 1.2... 3) Small Roman Numerals:- (i), (ii), (iii) 4) Large Roman Numerals:- I, II, III … 5) Capital Letters:- A,B,C,D… 6) Small Letters:- a,b,c,d, 7) Hanging Way 8) Practical Work * Basic rules of using prepositions of time and location different phrases * Use of different phrases into sensible sentences 3. Technical Writing Skill :- Preparation of short memoranda (Importance-formats), Business 10  Memoranda:- a. Definition b. Purpose
  • 34. 33 letters (Importance- purposes), Seminar papers (Conduction of Seminars, Preparation of Circular, Presenting seminar papers), Preparation of Proposals (Importance –type – formats) Preparation of Reports (Importance-types-formats) . c. Components d. Language e. Sample Memo  Business Letters a) Principles of Effective Business Letter Writing : i) Courtesy and Consideration ii) Clarity and Precision iii) Conciseness b) Structures of Business Letter: i) Blcoked style ii) Semi-blocked style c) Elements of Business Letter: i) Heading ii) Date iii) Reference iv) Inside Address v) Salutation vi) Subject vii) Body viii) Conclusion ix) Signature x) Enclosure d) Major Types of Business Letter i) Complaint Letter ii) Invitations iii) Ordering products iv) Job Application e) Sample Business Letter:  Report Writing a) Introduction to report writing b) Types of Report i) Accident/ Incident reports ii) Feasibility reports iii) Inventory reports iv) Staff Utilization reports v) Progress/Activity Reports vi) Travel/ Trip Reports
  • 35. 34 vii) Lab Reports viii) Performance Appraisal Report ix)Study Reports x) Justification Reports c) Criteria for writing reports i) Organization ii) Development c) Sample Report  Description Writing a) Process b) Mechanism c) Sample description writing  Circular a) Introduction b) Sample Circular  Seminar Paper a) Conduction of Seminar b) Preparation of Seminar Paper c) Presentation of Seminar Paper  Proposal Writing a) Introduction of Proposal b) Importance of Proposal c) Types of Proposal i) Short Proposal/ Long Proposal ii) Solicited Proposals/ Unsolicited Proposals iii) Internal Proposal/ External Proposal d) Formats of Proposal e) Sample Proposal 4. Reading Skill Comprehension questions and exercises (from prescribed passages – Discovery of Antibiotics, 15 1) Introduction to critical reading a) Reading the poetics of the text i) Considering text’s different
  • 36. 35 Communicable Diseases, People and Environment, Healthy Life Styles, Alma Ata Conference on PHC Foundations of Public Health etc.) messages and encourage students to realize gravity of the given text. Ii) Teaching students the effective way summary writing.
  • 37. 36 SECOND SEMESTER BPH, First Year, Second Semester
  • 38. 37 PFA 107.3 (Credit hours 3) Pathology and First Aid General Objectives: To provide basic concept and knowledge on pathological changes, abnormalities and first aid management. Upon the successful completion of the course, students will be able to:  Describe the basic pathological changes in the cells, tissues, organs and the system of the body.  Describe lab methods of diagnosis and understand handling of basic instruments  Discuss different life threatening casualty conditions and apply first aid skills to save life and promote health and recovery of the patient.  Selection, collection, preservation, transportation and processing of specimens Unit Course Description Hrs Details I Pathology 1. Introduction  Basic Terminologies in Pathology.  General Concepts of Tissue Injury, Inflammation, Necrosis, Thrombosis, Embolism, Wound Healing, Shock, Oedema, Neoplasia, Hypersensitivity Reactions, Immune Deficiency Disorder (Congenital and acquired- HIV/AIDS), Immunity and Genetic Disorders 7 Introduction  Basic Terminologies in pathology.  Tissue Injury : Pathological changes  Inflammation: concept, signs and symptoms Pathological changes.  Necrosis: Concept, Signs symptoms  Definition of Thrombosis , Embolism, Oedema, & Neoplasia.  Hypersensitivity Reactions: -Definition, Types, causes, signs and symptoms & pathological changes.  Immune Deficiency Disorder & Immunity and Genetic Disorders: definition and Pathological changes. 2. Human System A. Gastrointestinal System  Concepts of Gastritis, Peptic Ulcer, TB Intestine, Appendicitis, intestinal obstruction, Carcinoma of Stomach, Hepatitis, Cirrhosis of Liver, Cholecystitis and Cholelithiasis. B. Musculo-Skeletal System and Skin • Basic Concepts of Fractures, 2 3 2 3 Human System A. Gastrointestinal System  Concepts, S/S & pathological changes: Gastritis, Peptic Ulcer, TB Intestine, Appendicitis, intestinal obstruction, Carcinoma of Stomach, Hepatitis, Cirrhosis of Liver, Cholecystitis and Cholelithiasis B. Musculo-Skeletal System and Skin • Definition, Causes, sign and symptom and Management: Fractures, Arthritis, Oesteomyelitis
  • 39. 38 Arthritis, Oesteomyelitis, Leprosy, Scabies and deficiency disorders in skin. C. Cardiovascular System • Basic Concepts of Rheumatic Carditis, Myocardial Infraction, Hypertension, Atherosclerosis, Heart Failure, Anemia, Leukemia, Hemophilia, Idiopathic Thrombocytopenic Purpura (ITP) D. Respiratory System • Basic Concepts of Tuberculosis, COPD, Pneumonia, Carcinoma of Lung. • Occupational hazards and their effects on human bodies E. Neurosensary System and special senses. • Concepts of Meningitis, Epilepsy, Encephalitis, Conjunctivitis, Trachoma, Ratinoblastoma, Xerophthalmia, Actue Otitis Media and CSOM. F. Renal and Electrolyte System  Renal Failure, Nephritis, Nephrotic Syndrome, Renal Stones, UTI. G. Reproductive and Endocrine System  DUB, Abortions, Ectopic Pregnancy, Benign Prostatic Hyperplasia (BEP), Carcinoma of Cervix.  Nodular Goiter, Diabetes Mellitus.  Different Causes of Breast Lump  Sexually transmitted infections 2 2 3 • Definition, Causes, sign and symptom and Management: Leprosy, & Scabies C. Cardiovascular System • Definition, Causes, S/S, Pathological changes, Public health perspectives: Rheumatic Carditis, Myocardial Infraction, Hypertension, Atherosclerosis, & Heart Failure. • Definition, Causes, sign and symptom, Pathological changes, Public health perspectives: Leukemia, Hemophilia, Idiopathic Thrombocytopenic Purpura (ITP) D. Respiratory System Basic Concepts and pathological changes: Tuberculosis, Pneumonia, Carcinoma of Lung, COPD E. Neurosensary System and Special Senses • Concepts and pathological changes: Meningitis, Epilepsy, Encephalitis, Conjunctivitis, Trachoma, Ratinoblastoma, Xerophthalmia, Acute Otitis Media and CSOM. F. Renal and Electrolyte System • Concepts, Causes and pathological changes: Renal Failure, Renal stone, Nephritis, Nephrotic Syndrome, UTI. G. Reproductive and Endocrine System • Concepts, Causes and pathological changes: DUB, Ectopic Pregnancy, Benign Prostatic Hyperplasia (BPH), Carcinoma of Cervix, Breast Lump. • Concepts, Causes and pathological changes: Nodular Goiter, Diabetes Mellitus.
  • 40. 39 (STI) II First Aids  First aid measures in poisoning (insecticides, rodenticides, drugs, alcohols, plants, animal bites, sting)  Shock, type of shock, and first aid measures  First aid in snakebites  Foreign body in ear, nose, throat and eyes and first aid  Classification of injury and first aid in injury  Classification of hemorrhage and first aid to control of external bleeding  Burns, its percentage and first aid measure to thermal and chemical burns  Description of measures to manage the case of frostbite  Identification of the fractured bones and dislocations and its first aid measures  Heatstroke and first aid measure  Dangers of rabid animal bites and its first aid measure  First aid measure in drowning  First aid measures in acute mountain sickness  First aid measures in pregnancy, delivery and newborn 24 Unit II: First Aids Unit II: First Aids  Concept, Causes, Types, S/S and first aid measures: Shock, Poisoning (insecticides: organophosphorus, DDT, HCH, rodenticides: common rat killers, drugs, alcohols, Mushroom, animal bites (dog bite, Cat, Jackal),Snakebites  Foreign body in ear, nose, throat and eyes and first aid  Concept, Causes and first aid of Burns.  Concept, Causes, Types and first aid: Injury, Hemorrhage  Concept, Causes and first aid: Frostbite, Heatstroke, High altitude (acute mountain sickness), hypothermia  Concept, Causes, types and first aid: sprain, Fracture and Dislocations.  Concept, Causes and first aid: Drowning  First aid and refer: Pregnancy, delivery and newborn References:  Baker FJ. Introduction to medical laboratory technology. (ELBS).  Cheesbrough M. Medical laboratory manuals for developing countries, Vol. I & II, ELBS, 1996.  Textbooks of First Aid Recent Edition  Robins, Cotran and Kumar. Pathologic Basis of Disease, 7th Edition. Churchill 4. Livingston, 2002. List Current Essential References…
  • 41. 40 TEL 108.3 (Credit hour 3) Toxicology and Entomology BPH, First Year, Second Semester Course Objectives: To provide basic concept and knowledge on toxicology and entomology. Upon the successful completion of the course, students will be able to:  Understand the basic concepts and acquire the basic knowledge of toxicology and its implication in public health.  Understand diversity of toxicology and its application in understanding and controlling problems related to toxic substance in industry, agriculture and medicine.  Describe the role of arthropods and rodent in public health, the characteristics of different arthropods and rodents of medical importance and diseases transmitted by them, different control measures of arthropods and rodents.  Describe the usability, problem of resistance and health hazards of insecticides and rodenticides. Unit Course Description Hrs Details I Toxicology 1. Introduction to Toxicology Definition, scope and application of toxicology  Terminologies used in toxicology 2. Basic Principles of Toxicity Toxic and toxicity, Toxicity value, Acute and Chronic toxicity, Poison, Toxicity categories- EPA, WHO, Personal protection equipments, Causes of poisoning, Poison Prevention, Case studies, Factors that influence toxicity. 3. Diversity of Toxicology  Occupational (industrial) toxicology  Definition, different permissible values, implication in human health, determination of acceptable exposure limit  Environmental toxicology  Air, water, and soil pollution, public health burden due to environmental pollution  Forensic toxicology  Definition, scope, limitation and principles of ascertaining death by poisoning  Clinical toxicology  Definition, initial approach to poisoned patients, mechanism of 2 2 20 Different types of air, water and soil pollutant
  • 42. 41 action, clinical effects and management of poisoning due to OP, OC, pyrethrins, phosphides, paracetamol, benzodiazepines, barbiturates, opiates, TCA, iron, Datura, snake bites, bee/wasp/hornet sting, scorpian bites. II Entomology 1. Introduction  Introduction to medically important arthropods and rodents.  General outline, classification of arthropods and rodents (with special reference to medically important groups). 2. Habit, habitat, morphology and control measures of:  Arachnids: Scorpions, spiders, ticks, mites.  Non-dipterous insect: Lice, fleas, bugs, and cockroach.  Dipterous insects: Myasis Producing flies, Phlebotomine-Sand flies, Simulium-Black flies, Mosquito- Culicine, Anopheline, Ades 3. Habit, habitat, morphology and control measure of rodents 4. Diseases and health hazards  Diseases and health hazards associated with arthropods and rodents.  Different methods of controlling arthropods and rodents  Integrated Pest Management (IPM)  Insecticides, rodenticides and their usability.  Insecticides –problem of resistance. 2 14 3 5 References:  Amdur MO, Doull J, Klaassen CD (ed). Casarett and Doull’s Toxicology:The Basic Science of Poisons, 5th ed. McGraw Hill: New York; 1996.  Olson KR, Anderson IB, Clark RF et al. (ed). Poisoning and Drug Overdose, 3rd ed. Appleton & Lange:Stamford, Connecticut, 1999.  Wall Chart on the Management of Commonly Encountered Poisons in Nepal, 2000  Handbook on management of Pesticide Poisoning published by Plant Protection Division, Ministry of Agriculture. List Current Essential References  The essentials of forensic medicine and Toxicology 25th edition, KSN Reddy  Modi’s Medical Jurisprudence and Toxicology 23rd edition. Editiors K mathinaron and Amrit K Pathaik  Toxicology by PD Sharma latest edition
  • 43. 42 BSC 109.3 (Credit hours 3) Bio-statistics and Computer Applications - II BPH, First Year, Second Semester Course Objectives: To develop the student’s skills on statistical measures in public health research and To develop the student’s skills on the use of statistical software during data analysis process. After the completion of the course, the students will be able to:  Identify and use appropriate statistical measures for analytical and experimental study designs.  Perform statistical analysis using appropriate statistical software in computer.  Interpret the statistical outputs. Unit Course Description Hrs Details I Inferential Statistics 1. Estimation  Relationship of Population to Sample and Random Number Tables  Standard Error of the Mean, The Central Limit Theorem  Sample Size Estimation  Point and Interval Estimation for the Mean  Estimation of Confidence Interval 2. Statistical Measures in Analytic and Experimental Study Design  Hypothesis Testing: Type I and II Errors, The Power of a Test, Basic concept on P value and its estimation  Normality test (Kolmogorov Smirnov Test)  Parametric Test: Test for Mean – t- Test, Bartelett’s Test, ANOVA  Non-parametric Test: Chi-square Test, Fisher Exact Test, McNemar Test, Yet’s Correction, Test for Mean – 8 22 Definition of population and sample, concept of central limit theorem, standard error of mean and proportion, sample size estimation for mean and proportion, estimation, estimator, criteria of good estimator, point and interval estimation for mean(when sd is known and unknown)and proportion Concept of hypothesis, types of hypothesis ,errors in hypothesis (type I and II, false positive and false negative) with suitable examples, level of significance, power of test , Concept of p value, connection between p value and confidence limit , concept of parametric and nonparametric , Checking Normality (Kolmogorov
  • 44. 43 Mann Whitney U Test, Wilcoxon Matched Pair Sign Rank Test  Correlation: Friedmann Test Correlation: Test of Relationships – Linear/Pearson’s Correlation (parametric test), Spearman Rank Correlation (non-parametric test)  Regression: The Linear Regression Model, Least Square Method, Multiple Regression 3. Interpretation of various statistical outputs 4 –Smirnov test) Parametric Test 1. T-test(for mean: paired and unpaired and correlation coefficient) 2. Z-test (for mean and proportion) 3. ANOVA (One way ANOVA and Two ways ANOVA using Computer Output only ) 4. Bartlett’s test for equality of variances 5. Non parametric test 1. Chi-square test a. goodness of fit: uniform, binomial, Poisson and normal distribution b. association between two categorical variables 2. Yates continuity correction 3. Fisher Exact Test ( One tail and Two tail test) 4. Mc Newar Test 5. Mann Whitney U Test (using normal appromation ) 6. Wilcoxon Matched Pair Sign Rank test (using normal appromation ) Correlation and Regression 1. Concept of casual relation 2. Independent and dependent variables 3. Concept of Scatter plot 4. Karl Pearson’s correlation coefficient ,test of correlation coefficient using t- test(parametric methods) 5. Spearman correlation coefficient (non parametric ) 6. Simple linear regression :concept, computing value of a and b ; ANOVA Test for
  • 45. 44 linearity, t test for Beta- coefficient , standard error for line of regression, coefficient of determination 7. Multiple linear regression :concept, ANOVA Test for multiple linearity, t test for Beta-coefficient (computer based Output only) II Computer Applications  Data Management in Computer  Parametric tests performed in Computer Non-parametric tests performed in Computer  Use of multimedia during slide presentation in Computer 14  Concept of data management  Methods of data entry for parametric and non parametric test  Interpretation of computer output for parametric and non parametric test mentioned above using  Effective methods of power point presentation (general rules for effective power point presentation ), References:  Gurung CK. A handbook of Bio-statistics; 1st Edition, Makalu Books, Kathmandu, 2005.  Rosner B. Study Guide: Fundamentals of Bio-statistics, 5th Edition, Duxbuey Thomson Learning, 2000.  Daniel WW. Bio-statistics: A Foundation for Analysis in the Health Sciences, 7th Edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 1999.  Anthony D. Understanding Advanced Statistics, Churchill Livingstone, Harcourt Brace and Company Limited, 1999.  Essex-Sorlie D. Medical Bio-statistics & Epidemiology, 1st Edition, Appleton & Lange, Morwalk, Connecticut, USA, 1995.  Mahajan BK. Methods in Bio-statistics. Jaypee Brothers, Medical Publishers (p) Ltd., G- 16, EMCA House, 23/23B, Ansari Road, Daryaganj, Post Box: 7193, New Delhi 110 002, India, 1991. List Current Essential References  Aryal UR.Biostatistics for Medical Sciences.1st edition,2009.  Statistics at Square One. Ninth Edition. T D V Swinscow. Revised by M J Campbell , University of Southampton. Copyright BMJ Publishing Group 1997.  CDC. Principles of epidemiology. Second Edition.
  • 46. 45 BEP 110.3 (Credit hours 3) Basic Epidemiology I BPH, First Year, Second Semester Course Objectives: To deliver basic knowledge on epidemiological concepts, approaches, and methods that can be used for the planning, control, management and evaluation of diseases and systems for the improvement of community health issues. Upon the successful completion of the course, the students will be able to:  Describe and apply epidemiological concepts and strategies in planning and implementing health programs.  Describe and generate epidemiological information for the effective management of health problems.  Calculate epidemiological frequencies measures and apply these to manage and evaluate health program. Unit Course Description Hrs Details I Meaning, Types, Scope and Application of Epidemiology  Definition and concept of Epidemiology  Historical development of Epidemiology  Aims, scope and application of Epidemiology  Distribution of Disease: Time, person and place 10  Definition, concept, aims, scope and use (application) of epidemiology  Historical development of Epidemiology  John Graunt  James Lind  William Farr  John Snow  Modern Epidemiology  Principles/tenets of epidemiology  Branches of epidemiology  Major Epidemiological achievements: Examples : small pox eradication, Methyl mercury poisoning, Rheumatic fever, Iodine deficiency disorders  Descriptive epidemiology II Terminology used in Epidemiology  Terminology used in epidemiological design  Terminology used in disease epidemiology 10 Terminology used in epidemiological design retrospective study, prospective, baseline and end line, cross-sectional;, time series , intervention, case-control, cohort, qualitative and quantitative methods , randomization, reliability and validity , experimental and quasi- experimental, interview, observation, mailed questionnaire, Focus Group Discussions, surrogate method, anthropometry, interview guideline, checklist, questionnaire, Rate, ratio
  • 47. 46 and proportion: child, infant, post-natal, perinatal, neonatal, still birth, abortion, neonatal, post-neonatal, mis-carriage, sex ratio, maternal mortality rate/ratio, dependency ratio(young and old), crude rate, standardized rate, Incidence rate, prevalence rate(point and period, population at risk, effect, dose – response, dose effect relationship, dependent and independent variable, association, ecological fallacy, risk, attack rate, attribute, bias, error, biological plausibility, operational definition, blinding, cluster, conflict of interest, confounding, follow up, intension to treat, hawthorn effect, grey literatures , up contingency table Terminology used in disease epidemiology Infection, infestation, inflammation, reservoir , source of infection, contamination, pollution, case, carrier, Case-clinical, sub clinical, latent, carrier, incubatory, convalescent, healthy, temporary, chronic, intestinal, urinary, respiratory, direct-contact, mode of transmission, droplet of nuclei, transplacental, indirect-vehicle borne, vector borne, mechanical, biological transmission, Propagative, cyclo-propagative, cyclo-developmental, air borne, droplet nuclei, dust fomite borne, hands and finger, host- susceptible host, immunity, portal of entry, incubation period, period of communicability III Health and Epidemiology  Concept of health and use of epidemiology.  Relationship between disease and epidemiology  Epidemiology and disease interventions (communicable and non- communicable)  Critical issues in disease, causations and interventions 14  Concept of health and use of epidemiology. Biomedical, ecological, psychological and holistic concept, dimensions- physical, mental, social, spiritual, emotional and others  Relationship between disease and epidemiology Epidemiological triad concept Disease transmission cycle, Dynamics of disease transmission, , principles and methods of prevention and control of communicable diseases, natural history and its application
  • 48. 47 for disease prevention  Epidemiology and disease interventions (communicable and non communicable)  Life style and behavioral interventions  Different Modes of interventions applied (communicable and non communicable)  Critical issues in disease, causations and interventions: Illustration with examples of Communicable and non Communicable diseases IV Use of Epidemiology in Public Health  Relationship between epidemiology and public health  Referencing epidemiological studies in public health 14  Relationship between epidemiology and public health Concepts of Epidemiology and public health practices, Epidemiologic functions in public health : Public Health surveillance , Disease investigation, Community health assessment, screening, intervention programmes, Public health programme evaluation, Epidemiologic approach to public health action  Referencing epidemiological studies in public health Concepts and necessity of referencing in public health reports, Purpose of literature review, Types of literature, Literature review process, reference and bibliography, styles of referencing epidemiological literatures : Vancouver, Harvard system, Referencing software: literature search methods using computer software e.g. End Note/ Reference manager References:  Gurung CK. A handbook of Bio-statistics; 1st Edition, Makalu Books, Kathmandu, 2005.  Rosner B. Study Guide: Fundamentals of Bio-statistics, 5th Edition, Duxbuey Thomson Learning, 2000.  Daniel WW. Bio-statistics: A Foundation for Analysis in the Health Sciences, 7th Edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 1999.  Anthony D. Understanding Advanced Statistics, Churchill Livingstone, Harcourt Brace and Company Limited, 1999.
  • 49. 48  Essex-Sorlie D. Medical Bio-statistics & Epidemiology, 1st Edition, Appleton & Lange, Morwalk, Connecticut, USA, 1995.  Mahajan BK. Methods in Bio-statistics. Jaypee Brothers, Medical Publishers (p) Ltd., G- 16, EMCA House, 23/23B, Ansari Road, Daryaganj, Post Box: 7193, New Delhi 110 002, India, 1991.
  • 50. 49 PBH 111.3 (Credit hours 3) Public Health BPH, First Year, Second Semester General Objective To explore the public health approaches, emergence and resurgent issues relating to public health , primary health care and acquire knowledge as well as skills to address the issues. At the end of the course, students shall be able to:  Explore the public health approaches  Demonstrate holistic understanding of health and disease.  Analyses the development of primary health care (PHC) in global and Nepalese context  Understand the concept and application of community medicine and public health Unit Course Description Hrs Details I Public Health Approaches 1. Concept of Health and Disease  Preventive Health and Levels of Prevention  Application of public health from medical model.  Application of public health from spiritual model.  Application of public health from holistic model  Distinction between public health, community health, community medicine and social medicine. 12 Public Health Approaches 1. Concept of Health and Disease  Application of public health from medical model.  Application of public health from spiritual model.  Application of public health from holistic model  Distinction between public health, community health, community medicine and social medicine. 2. Preventive Health  Concept  Level and scope of preventive health  Practices of prevention in different level 2. Preventive Health  Concept  Definition  Level  Scope  Practices of prevention in different level: Discuss the practices of disease prevention at different levels and the diseases are Malnutrition, STI and Cancer 3. Health Promotion  Concept including Ottawa Charter of health promotion.  Scope of health promotion  Priorities for health promotion in 21st 3. Health Promotion:  Concept, definition, scope, principles and approaches Concept including Ottawa Charter of health promotion:
  • 51. 50 century in reference to Jakarta Declaration  Prerequisites for health, health promotion action, commitment to health promotion.  Scope of health promotion Jakarta Declaration:  Priorities for health promotion in 21st century.  Priorities for the alliance. II Legal aspects in Public Health  Environmental Health Laws  Occupational Health Laws  Consumer Rights; Patients Rights;  Health policies  Health plans  Alma Ata and International declaration - Human right - Women - Children - Ageing - Disable - Ethics  International Conference on Population and Development (ICPD, Cairo)  Beijing conference  HABITAT 2nd (Istanbul 1996)  Millennium Development Goals (MDGs) 12 Legal aspects in Public Health: Definition, Core values of public health & Legal aspects of health care administration.  Environmental Health Laws: Definition, aims & environmental protection strategies.  Occupational Health Laws: definition, objectives & occupational health law of Nepal.  Consumer Rights; Patients Rights;  Health policies: National Health Policies  Health plans: Interim Health Plan, NHSP II (National Health Sector Program)  Alma Ata declaration  International declaration: - Human right: introduction, principles, universal declaration on human right - Women: Cairo declaration, 2009 - Children: Geneva declaration 1924, - Ageing: Elderly health problems, International plan of action on ageing. - Disable: Declaration on the right of disabled persons. - Ethics: Definition, Health, Medical & Public health ethics.  International Conference on Population and Development (ICPD, Cairo): Introduction, Preamble, principles and actions.  Beijing conference: Introduction, theme, goals, objectives & actions including 12 critical areas.  HABITAT 2nd (Istanbul 1996): Introduction, goals, objectives, global plan for actions.  Millennium Development Goals (MDGs): Introduction, Goals, target & indicators.
  • 52. 51 III Introduction to Primary Health Care  Definition and philosophy of primary health care  Principles and strategies of primary health care  Primary health care and basic health care  Principles and strategies to the components of primary health care 10 Introduction to Primary Health Care  Definition and philosophy of primary health care  Principles and strategies of primary health care  Primary health care and basic health care  Principles and strategies to the components of primary health care IV Components of primary Health Care  National health policies and strategies on primary health care components  Role of community people and health personnel in primary health care 12 Components of primary Health Care  National health policies and strategies on primary health care components  Role of community people and health personnel in primary health care V Community Medicine and Public Health  Meaning, scope and application of community medicine and public health  Changing approaches in community medicine and public health 4 Community Medicine: Introduction, scope and application and Changing approaches in community medicine Public Health: Introduction, scope and application and Changing approaches in public health References: 1. Werner D., Sanders D. Questioning the solution: the politics of primary health care and child survival. Health Rights, 1997. 2. Dixit H. The Quest for Health. Educational Enterprises, Kathmandu, 1999. 3. Freudenberg, N., Eng,E., Flay,B., Parcel,G., Rogers,T., Wallerstein, N. Strengthening individual and community capacity to prevent disease and promote health: in search of relevant theories and principles. Health Education Quarterly. 22 (3), 290-306, 1995. 4. Friis,RH & Sellers, TA. (1999). Epidemiology for public health practice. 2nd edition Gaithersburg, MD: Aspen Publication, 1999. 5. Institute of Medicine. The Future of the Public’s Health in the 21st Century. Washington, DC: National Academy Press, 2003. 6. Lasker, R.D. Medicine and Public Health: the power of collaboration. New York, NY: The New York Academy of Medicine, 1997. 7. Park JE and Park K. Text book of social and preventive medicine, 15th edition, 2002. 8. Schwab, M., & Syme, S.L. On Paradigms, Community Participation, and the Future of Public Health. American Journal of Public Health, 87 (12). 2049-2051, 1997.
  • 53. 52 9. World Health Organization. Alma Ata: primary health care, WHO: Geneva, 1979 10. Oxford of Public Health. Fifth edition
  • 54. 53
  • 56. 55 AEF 203.3 (Credit hrs 3) Applied Epidemiology- BPH, Second Year, Third Semester Course Objectives: To explore the concept of applied epidemiology and describe the infectious disease epidemiology for controlling the diseases. At the end of the course students shall be able to:  Explain the concept and application of social epidemiology.  Describe the applied epidemiology of infectious diseases prevalent in Nepal. Unit Course Description hrs Details 1 Social Epidemiology  Meaning, scope and application of Social Epidemiology including history  Evolution of epidemiology with reference to social epidemiology  Study deigns in social epidemiology  Application of social epidemiology in public health  Role of social epidemiology in designing disease control plan and strategies  Limitation of social epidemiology 10 2 Communicable Diseases Epidemiology 1. viral Infections Chickenpox, Measles, Mumps, Herpes Zoster, Influenza, Poliomyelitis, Rotavirus, Viral Hepatitis, AIDS and other STDs of viral etiology 2. Bacterial Infections 32 SARS, Dengue syndrome ARI
  • 57. 56 Streptococcal infections, Meningococcal infection, Staphylococcal infections, Diphtheria, Whooping cough, Typhoid, Shigella dysentery and other diarrhoeal diseases of bacterial etiology, Cholera, Plague(6), Anthrax, Listeriosis, Tetanus, Gas gangrene, Tuberculosis, Leprosy, STDs of bacterial etiology, Yersiniosis, Cryptosporidiosis, Campylobacter infection, Food poisoning. 3. Fungal Infections Candidiasis 4. Helminth Infestations Filaria, infestation by Hookworms, Roundworm, Strongyloides and other Nematodes, Taenia saginata and Solium hymenolepis nana and Hydatid cyst. 5. Protozoal Infections Malaria, Leishmanisais (Kala-zar), Trichomoniasis, Amboebiasis, Giardiasis. 6. Zoonotic diseases  Introduction and need of study of zoonotic diseases in public health: Rabbies, J.E., Plague, anthrax  Area of collaboration between veterinary and medical service. Others  Trachoma Tetanus and Gas Gangrene Diarrhoeal Diseases Bacillary dysentery Gonorrhea, syphilis Worm infestation: Round worm, hookworm, pinworm and tape worms 3 Health Services for Infectious Diseases in Nepal Screening programs adopted in Nepal  Surveillance Programs adopted in Nepal  Role of EDCD in Screening and surveillance programme 6
  • 58. 57 BEP 201.3 (Credit hours 3) Basic Epidemiology II BPH, Second Year, Third Semester Course Objectives: To orient the students in epidemiological study design, calculations and applied epidemiology Specific Objectives: Upon the successful completion of the course, the students will be able to  Develop the knowledge on epidemiological study design  Calculate and apply frequency measures used in epidemiology  Understand the applied forms of epidemiology Course Contents Unit-I: Epidemiological Study Design 30 hours 1. Frequency Measures Used in Epidemiology  Definition concept and comparison of proportion, rate and ratio  Frequency measures used in Morbidity: Incidence and prevalence rate; attack rate and secondary attack rate; person time rate; rate ratio, risk ratio (relative risk) and odds ratio; attributable risk and population attributable risk  Frequency measures used in Mortality: Crude death rate; Cause specific mortality rate; age, sex and race specific mortality rate; infant mortality rate; case fatality rate; death to case ratio; Maternal mortality ratio; postnatal mortality rate; proportionate mortality ratio  Frequency measures used in Natality: Crude birth rate; crude fertility rate; crude rate of natural increase 2. Study Design  Types of study: Descriptive, Analytical and Experimental  Ecological study and ecological fallacy  Case Control study o Theoretical foundation o Nested case control studies o Selection of cases and control o Calculation and interpretation of odds ratio in case control study
  • 59. 58 o Comparability of odds ratio and relative risk o Matching and overmatching o Advantages and disadvantages of case control study  Cohort Study o Theoretical foundation o Closed cohort and dynamic population study o Prospective and retrospective cohort study o Time related aspects of exposure and follow up period o Selection of comparison group in cohort study o Calculation and interpretation of risk ratio in cohort study o Advantages and disadvantages of cohort study  Experimental Study o Types of experimental study  Trials: clinical trials, field trials, community intervention and cluster randomized trials o Masking in EXPERIMENTAL study o Advantages and disadvantages of experimentalstudy  Validity and reliability and their types: o Validity: internal vs external o Reliability : observer, test-retest, ………  Threats to validity in epidemiological study o Chance o Bias and its types o Concept of confounding and the methods of prevention and controlling it: randomization, restriction and stratification o Generalizability 3. Causation and Causal Inference  Spurious and causal association  A general model of causation: Concept of necessary and sufficient cause, Rothman’s causal pie-conceptual scheme for a causes of a hypothetical disease strength of effect, Interaction among causes, Induction period, generality of the model, Measurement of strength of association Unit-II: Special Issues in Epidemiology 8 hours  Surveillance: o Objectives of surveillance o Elements of a surveillance system o Approaches to surveillance o Attributes of surveillance  Screening: o Natural history and characteristics of diseases o Effects of screening
  • 60. 59 o Characteristics of screening: Measure of test performance o Lead time and detectable pre clinical phase: predictive value o Advantages and disadvantages of screening Unit-III: Applied Epidemiology 10 hours  Meaning and Scopes of: o Social Epidemiology o Environmental Epidemiology o Nutritional Epidemiology o Reproductive Epidemiology References: 1. Beaglehole R, bonita R, Kjellstrom T. Basic Epidemiology. World Health Organization, Geneva, 1993. 2. Gordis L Epidemiology. 2nd Edition, WB Saunders Company, Aharcourt Health Sciences Company, Philadelphia, 2000. 3. Heninkens CH, Buring JE. Epidemiology in Medicine. Lippincott Williams and Wilkins, a Wolters Kluwer Company: 1987. 4. MacMahon B, Trichopoulos D. Epidemiology: Principles and Methods. 2nd Edition. Boston: Little, Brown, 1996. 5. Principles of Epidemiology: An Introduction to applied Epidemiology and Biostatistics. 2nd Edition. US Department of Health and Human Service, CDC, Atlanta Georgia 6. Rothman KJ, Greenland S. Modern Epidemiology. 2nd Edition, Lippincott- Raven publishers: 1998. 7. Rothman KJ. Epidemiology: an Introduction. Oxford University Press, 2002 Journals: 1. American Journal of Epidemiology 2. European Journal of Epidemiology
  • 61. 60 Health Promotion and Education HPE 205.3 (Credit hours 3) BPH, Second Year, Third Semester Course Objectives: To appraise the students on the basic concepts of health promotion and education and their application in public health intervention. At the completion of the course students will be able to  Understand the history, meaning, scope, principles and theories of health promotion and education  Understand and apply different public health approaches, health promotion and education  Acquire knowledge and skills on health promotion and education methods and media. Unit Course Description hrs Details 1 Unit-I: Health Promotion and Education 10 hours  History of health promotion and education  Meaning, concept, principles, scope and philosophy of Health Education and Health Promotion  Roles and responsibilities of public health specialist in health promotion and education  Analytical study of various definitions of health promotion and education  Theories and modalities for behavior change  Theory of reasoned action (Sibhbein)  Health Belief Model (Rosenstock etc)  Cognitive Dissonance Theory (Festinger)  Force field analysis (Kurt Lewin)  Motivation theories (Maslow, Hertzberg)  Behaviour change communication (BCC)  Ottawa Health Charter and Jakarta declaration of health promotion. 15 Health Promotion and Education 1.1 History of health promotion and education in global and Nepalese context 1.2 Concept and definition, principles, scopes and philosophy and objectives of Health Education 1.3 Concept and definition and approaches of Health Promotion 1.4 Analytical study of WHO definitions of health promotion and education 1.5 Ottawa Health Charter and Jakarta declaration health promotion. 1.6 Roles and responsibilities of: health educator, health education specialist an health workers (Paramedics and nurses) in health promotion and education 1.7 Roles and responsibilities of public health specialist in health promotion and education 1.8 Theories and modalities of health promotion and health education 1.8.1. Theories a. Concept Educational theories ( behavioural, social learning, cognitive, developmental and
  • 62. 61  Role of international union for health promotion and education (IUHP) critical) b. Concept Social Cognitive theory (Bandura) c. Theory of Reason Action (Ajzen and Fishbein-1980) d. Diffusion of Innovations theory-(Roger) e. Cognitive Dissonance Theory (Festinger) f. Force field analysis (Kurt Lewin) g. Motivation Theory (Maslow and Hertzberg) 1.8.2 Models a. Health Belief Model (Rosenstock etc) b. PRECEDE-PROCEED c. Behavior Change and communication(BCC) 1.9 Role of international union for health promotion and education (IUHPE) 1.10 Role of education in public health, primary health care and social development 2 Health Promotion and Education  Role of education in public health, primary health care and social development  Group dynamics: group development and team building  Community organization and community development  Social and planned change: o Change process: meaning importance and kinds o Change modules: adoption process; unfreezing, moving and re-freezing o Change strategies: homophile, empathy, reciprocal 15 Fundamental Factors for Health Promotion and Education 2.1. Communication  Concept and definition  Models of communication  Elements of communication  Characteristics of communication  Barriers of communication  Techniques and Principles  Theories of communication 2.2. Group dynamics  Concept and definition of group dynamics  Principles and propositions group dynamics  Stages of growth of a group  Organization of good group  Group roles: Group Building,
  • 63. 62 Group maintenance, Group task 2.3. Leadership  Concept of leadership and leader  Characteristics of leadership  Types of leader and leadership  Techniques of identifying leader  Roles and responsibilities and qualities of leader 2.4. Change Process  Concept of change process  Importance of change process  Social and planned changed  Lewin Kurt’s change process: Unfreezing, moving and unfreezing  Change strategies: Homophile, empathy and reciprocal  Adoption process: Awareness, Interest, Evaluation, trail and adoption 2.5. Community Development  Concept and definition of community development  Goals and objectives of community development  Techniques of community development and its application in public health 2.6. Community organization  Concept and definition of community organization  Goals and objectives of community organization  Importance of community organization  Principles of community organization  Process of community organization and its application in public health  Difference between community development and community organization
  • 64. 63 2.7. Community participation  Concept and definition of community participation  Goals and objectives of community participation  Importance of community participation public health  Process of community participation and its steps  Evaluation of community participation 3 Health Promotion and Education: Methods and Media  Detail study of theoretical aspect of communication: meaning, process, elements, barriers and strategies.  Comparative study and analysis of different methods (individual. group and mass): o interview, counseling o Group discussion, demonstration, role play, panel discussion, fish-bowl session, buzz session, mini-lecture, field trip, workshop and seminars o Lecture and exhibition  Comparative study and analysis of various media of health Education: radio, film, television, tape recorder, film stop, poster, pamphlet, bulletin board, flash card- flip chart, flannel, graph and puppet. 18 Health Promotion and Education: Methods and Media 31 Concept of methods and media 32 Types of methods and media 33 Criteria of selecting appropriate methods and media 34 Methods (.and ): (Introduction, Procedure, merits and demerits) o Individual: interview, counseling o Group: Group discussion, demonstration, role play, panel discussion, fish-bowl session, buzz session, mini- lecture, field trip, workshop and seminars, case studies o Mass: Lecture and exhibition 35 Medias health Education: radio, film, television, tape recorder, film stop, poster, pamphlet, bulletin board, flash card- flip chart, flannel, graph and puppet, chart, model
  • 65. 64 Health Systems Development I HSD 204.3 (Credit hours 3) Course Objectives: To develop knowledge on the modern concepts and principles of management in general and public health management in particular. Upon successful completion of the course students will be able to:  Introduce the concepts of general administration, development administration and health administration.  Explain the modern concept of administration and principles of management.  Explain the components of public health administration.  Introduce the function of health management information system Un it Course Description Hrs Detail Sugge stion 1 Introduction to Public Health Management and Administration 36 hours  Concept, principles, scope and application of public health management and administration.  Functions of public health management and administration. 36 Introduction to Public Health Management and Administration  Definition and concept of management and administration, Nature and features , Principles of management, functions of administration ( POLE) and function of management ( (POSDCORB)  Concept and definition, nature and features of public health administration and management,  Objective, importance, scope, principles, application and level of health administration  Functions of public health management and administration  Introduction of health services: national health programs in brief 4 hours Planning of Health Services  Introduction of health services  Strategy formulation  Elements of planning  Different method of planning  Setting objectives  Management by objectives  System approach in planning  Organization of Health Services  Importance of organization structures Planning:  Planning: definition and Introduction, objective, Importance, Process/Steps/ methods of planning, elements, types of planning ( Strategic/operational, short term/long term, Single-use and Standing, proactive/reactive, formal/informal)  Strategy formulation: Definition, 5 hours Strate gy manag ement Shoul d be elabor ate
  • 66. 65  Organization theory steps, SWOT analysis  Setting objectives: definition of objectives, hierarchy of objectives, guideline for setting objectives, benefit of objective setting  MBO: concept, process, characteristics, strength and weakness  Approaches of planning: Need based Approach (NBA), Right Based Approach (RBA) Organizing  Organizing: concept of organization and organizing, formal and informal organization, nature of organizing,  Basic element of organizing: centralization and decentralization, delegation of authority, span of control, division of work, structures and departmentalization  Importance of organization structures  Organization theory: Classical, neoclassical and modern (system approach and contingency approach)  Concept of Organogram: Functional and structural  Organization of Health Services: organizational structure of MOHP and DOHS with separa te headin g. 4 hours Staffing Aspects of the Organizing Functions  Staffing pattern.  Role and responsibilities  Recruitment and placement  Career planning opportunities - training, promotion  Performances appraisal  Staff grievances and negotiations. Staffing:  Staffing: definition, factor affecting staffing, job description, job specification, recruitment, selection, placement and orientation, selection technique and instruments,  Career planning opportunities : training and development ( on the job and off the job training and 4 hours
  • 67. 66 their methods), promotion: concept, propose and advantages  Performances appraisal: concept and methods  Conflict management Directing  Introduction  Human factor.  Keys to successful directing  Delegation as a means of directing.  Motivational aspects.  Leadership.  Communication  Monitoring, supervision and evaluation.  Controlling function in health services administration Directing:  Directing: introduction, features and human factor in directing  Components of Directing: leading, motivating, communicating and coordinating  Process of delegating authority  Motivational: concept of motivation and techniques of motivation of employees (not motivational theories)  Leadership: concept. types (authoritarian, Democratic and Laissez-faire) and characteristics, theories (charismatic, trait, behavioral and contingency), skill and abilities of a good leader  Communication: types and barriers in health service management in brief. Controlling:  Concept, objective and process/steps  Controlling function in health services administration • Supervision: Definition, objectives, tools, techniques/ methods, process, skills needed for effective supervision, supportive supervision (concept and characteristics, issues and constraints regarding current supervision system in health service management. • Monitoring: definition and features, methods/techniques, types ( routine, short term, 5 hours 6 hours
  • 68. 67 process and outcome), Monitoring indicators (input, output, effect and impact indicators) • Evaluation: concept, criteria, steps, phase (process, outcome, impact evaluation), methods (interview, observation, study of records and reports, meeting and discussion), type/ technique (internal/self, external, participatory, rapid participatory and interactive) • Similarities and difference between Supervision, monitoring and evaluation • Concept participatory monitoring and evaluation (PME) Co-ordination of Health Services  Introduction  Types of co-ordination  Conceptual co-ordination  Functional co-ordination  Organizational co-ordination Co-ordination: Introduction, types (external/internal, vertical/horizontal and intra/inter sectorial),  Coordination in health services at various level (central, district and grassroots)  Concept of Public Private Partnership (PPP/PPM) in health service management in context of Nepal 3 hours Budget  Introduction, process of budgeting  Fiscal planning (budgeting, accounting and auditing) Budget  Introduction, process of budgeting  Fiscal planning (budgeting, accounting and auditing) in brief. 2 hours Project Formulation and Management  Need assessment  Project proposal writing.  Identifications of funding sources.  Project management  Monitoring program evaluation review technique/critical path method  Need assessment: concept and process of health need assessment  Project proposal writing: element/content of project proposal with illustration, logical framework analysis  Project management: introduction and characteristics of project, concept of project management, project management framework 5 hours
  • 69. 68 (scope, time, cost, quality, HR, Communication, risk and Procurement management),  Network analysis: PERT/CPM with simple calculation Reporting  Importance  Techniques of report writing format and content Reporting  Concept  Techniques of report writing  format and content  Importance 2 hours 2 Health and Health Service Management Information System (HMIS)  Concept, definition and application of HMIS  Objectives of HMIS: 2 way flow of information: Reporting from health facilities, district, region to central level  Maintenance and use of health information available at the district  Introduction of recording and reporting tools  Indicators of HMIS  Use of information for planning and re-planning of health services programs.  Types and techniques of periodic report writing.  HMIS as a monitoring tool, systems in HMIS  Strengths and weaknesses of current data collection systems 12 Health Management Information System (HMIS)  Concept, definition and objectives of HMIS  Recording and reporting tools  Indicators of HMIS  Flow of health information and feedback mechanism in Nepal  Maintenance of health information at district and central level (concept of Data bank)  Use of information at various levels (NPC, MoHP, DoHS, district and operational level)  HMIS as a monitoring tool: monitoring sheets, their importance and maintenance  Strengths and weaknesses of current health information system in detail. 8 hours References (in priority order)
  • 70. 69 Introduction to Sociology and Anthropology ISA 202.3 (Credit hours 3) Course Objectives: To understand the fundamentals of sociology and anthropology for public health. Upon completion of the course students shall be able to:  Describe the basic concept of sociology and anthropology  Explain the social process, social institution and social change Unit Course Description Hrs . Detail (Revised) 1 Introduction to Sociology and Anthropology 6 hours  Origin, Meaning, Definition and Scope of Sociology  Sub-division of Sociology  Similarities and differences between Sociology and other Social Sciences  Origin, Meaning, Definition and scope of Anthropology  Sub division of Anthropology  Similarities and differences between Anthropology and other Social Sciences 6 Introduction to Sociology and Anthropology  Origin, Meaning, Definition and Scope of Sociology  Sub-division of Sociology  Origin, Meaning, Definition and scope of Anthropology  Sub division of Anthropology  Similarities and differences between Sociology and anthropology  Relationship between sociology, anthropology and public health 2 Basic Concept of Sociology and Anthropology 1. Society: Introduction, Definition, Fundamental Essential factors of Society, Characteristics of Society 2. Community: Introduction, Definition, Basic Elements of Community, Characteristics of Community, Differences between Society and Community 3. Culture: Introduction, Characteristics of Culture, Types of Culture 4. Group: Meaning, Definition, Fundamental factors of Social Group, Characteristics and Types 5. Institution: Meaning, Definition, Characteristics of Social Institution 6. Class: Meaning, Definition, Characteristics and Basic Elements of Social Class 7. Caste: Meaning, Definition, Merits and Demerits of Caste System, Causes of 16 Basic Concept of Sociology and Anthropology 1. Society: Introduction, Definition, Fundamental Essential factors of Society, Characteristics of Society 2. Community: Introduction, Definition, Basic Elements of Community, Characteristics of Community, Differences between Society and Community 3. Culture: Introduction, Characteristics of Culture 4. Group: Meaning, Definition, Fundamental factors of Social Group, Characteristics and Types 5. Institution: Meaning, Definition, Characteristics of Social Institution 6. Class: Meaning, Definition, Characteristics and Basic Elements of Social Class 7. Caste: Meaning, Definition, Merits and Demerits of Caste System, Causes of the
  • 71. 70 the Changes in Caste System, Differences between Class and Caste System 8. Status and Role: Status, Role 9. Meaning, Definition, Characteristics of Social Norms, Social Structure, Social Process, Social System, Social Control. Changes in Caste System, Differences between Class and Caste System 8. Status and Role: Meaning and Definition 9. Meaning and Definition, Characteristics of Social Norms, Social Structure, Social Process, Social System, Social Control. 3 History of Human Society and Culture  History of Human Society and Culture  Prehistoric Society and Culture  Paleolithic, Mesolithic and Neolithic Society and Culture  Various Modes of Production, Society and Culture: Introduction, Feudalist Mode of Production, Society and Culture, Capitalist Mode of Production, Society and Culture, Socialist Mode of Production, Society and Culture  Hunting and Gathering, Pastural, Agririan, and Industrial Society  State 5 History of Human Society and Culture  Prehistoric Society and Culture: Paleolithic, Mesolithic and Neolithic Society and Culture  Various Modes of Production, Society and Culture: Introduction, Feudalist Mode of Production, Society and Culture, Capitalist Mode of Production, Society and Culture, Socialist Mode of Production, Society and Culture  Hunting and Gathering, Pastural, Agririan, and Industrial Society  State: Meaning, Definition and elements 4 Social Processes  Socialization: Meaning, Definition, Characteristics, Agent/Agencies and Stage of Socialization.  Acculturation: Introduction, Characteristics  Assimilation: Meaning, Definition, Characteristics, Factors favoring Assimilation  Enculturation: Meaning and Definition  Conflict: Introduction and Characteristics  Difference between Humans and Animal 6 Social Processes  Socialization: Meaning, Definition, Characteristics, Agent/Agencies and Stage of Socialization.  Acculturation: Introduction, Characteristics  Assimilation: Meaning, Definition, Characteristics, Factors favoring Assimilation  Enculturation: Meaning and Definition  Conflict: Introduction and Characteristics 5 Social Institution  Marriage: Introduction, Definition, Characteristics, Origin, Types and Basic Function of Marriage  Family: Introduction, Definition, Forms, Functions and Changing Situation of Family Pattern in Nepal.  Kinship System: Introduction, Definition, Types, Kinship Terms and Degree of Kinship.  Religious Institutions: Definition, 6 Social Institution  Marriage: Introduction, Definition, Characteristics, Origin, Types and Basic Function of Marriage  Family: Introduction, Definition, Forms, Functions and Changing Situation of Family Pattern in Nepal.  Kinship System: Introduction, Definition, Types, Kinship Terms and Degree of Kinship.  Religious Institutions: Definition,
  • 72. 71 Origin, Perspective and Social Importance of Religion.  Political Institutions: Introduction, Condition of Political Institutions in Nepal and Political Parties.  Economical Institutions: Introduction, Forms of Current Nepalese Economic System Origin, Perspective and Social Importance of Religion.  Political Institutions and political parties: Introduction, definition and functions.  Economical Institutions: Introduction, trends of Current Nepalese Economic System 6 Cultural and Social Change  Introduction, Definition, Characteristics of Social Change and Cultural Change  Factors of Socio-cultural Change  Process or Mechanism of Socio- cultural Change  Consequences of Social and Cultural Change 4 Cultural and Social Change  Introduction, Definition, Characteristics of Social Change and Cultural Change  Factors of Socio-cultural Change  Process or Mechanism of Socio-cultural Change  Consequences of Social and Cultural Change 7 Uses of Sociology and Anthropology  Introduction  Utility of Sociology and Anthropology  Sociological and Anthropological Knowledge in the Context of Socio- Cultural Development  People Participation  Participatory Planning Participatory Monitoring and Evaluation 5 Uses of Sociology and Anthropology  Introduction  Utility of Sociology and Anthropology  Sociological and Anthropological Knowledge in the Context of Socio- Cultural Development  People Participation and Participatory Planning: Meaning, Definition and importance  Participatory Monitoring and Evaluation: Meaning and process
  • 74. 73 APE 206.3 (Credit hours 3) Applied Epidemiology II BPH, Second Year, Fourth Semester Course Objectives: To explore the concept of Non Communicable diseases epidemiology and design the study for controlling the diseases. (After) the completion of the course students shall be able to: o Understand the epidemiology of non-communicable disease. o Internalize epidemiological aspects of conflict and disaster management o Conceptualize the field epidemiology Unit Course Description Hrs Details I Non-communicable Diseases Epidemiology  Growing nature of non-communicable diseases and their impact on the population  Methods of analyzing information to determine risk factors  Applied Epidemiology of Accidents, mental health, Suicide, COPD, CVD, Cancer, Drug Abuse, Diabetes Chemical and Food Poisoning, Snake bite.  Deficiency Diseases: PCM/PEM, VADD, Rickets, Osteomalacia, Beriberi, and IDA, IDB and others.  Identification of problems encountered in investigations with respect non- infectious diseases and health problems commonly prevalent in Nepal. 12  Trend and Current Scenario of NCDS: Concept of Double and triple burden of disease, Impacts of NCDS on Population.  Methods of analyzing information to determine risk factors Epidemiological Perspectives  Overview of Accidents: Road traffic accidents (RTA),  Non bacterial food poisoning.  Cardiovascular disorders: Rheumatic fever, Hypertension, CVA, MI.  Cancer: Lung cancer, Breast and cervical cancer.  Drug Abuse, Diabetes mellitus,  Mental health problems: Psychosis, Neurosis  Chronic Obstructive Disease  Epidemiological perspectives on Vitamin deficiency disorders (A, B12, C, D), Protein energy malnutrition, mineral deficiency disorders (Iron, Iodine), Low birth weight
  • 75. 74 II Epidemiological aspects of Conflict and Disaster Management  Application of epidemiology during conflict and disaster  Epidemiological studies during the conflict and disaster  Consequences of conflict and disaster Casualties Disease outbreak Famine and starvation Higher morbidity and mortality  Disaster Planning, Preparedness and prevention Short-term management:  Management of health problems. - Resources mobilization. Long-term management: - Forecasting of disasters - Conflict management 26 Epidemiological aspects of Conflict and Disaster Management  Meaning and concept of conflict and disaster  Consequences of conflict and disaster Casualties Disease outbreak Famine and starvation Higher morbidity and mortality  Epidemiological studies during the conflict and disaster  Application of epidemiology during conflict and disaster  Disaster Planning, Preparedness and prevention Short-term management:  Management of health problems.  Resources mobilization. Long-term management:  Forecasting of disasters  Conflict management III Field Epidemiology  Components of field epidemiology  Guideline for epidemiological study  Format for epidemiological study 10  Concept of field epidemiology  Field techniques  Proposal development  Ethical aspect of epidemiological study  Steps to conduct epidemiological study and presentation of information. References: 1. DOHS, Epidemiology and Disease Control Division. Control of Communicable Disease Manual 2003. 2. Chin J. Control of Communicable Disease Manual. An Official Report of the American Public Health Association, 2000. 3. DOHS, Epidemiology and Disease Control Division. National Recommended Case Definitions and Surveillance Standards 2003.
  • 76. 75 4. Frank AL, Taber LH, Wells CR, et al. Patterns of shedding myxoviruses and paramyxoviruses in children. J Infect Dis 1981;144: 433– 41. 5. Monto AS, Cavallaro JJ. The Tecumseh study of respiratory illness. II. Patterns of occurrence of infection with respiratory pathogens, 1965–1969. Am J Epidemiol 1971; 94:280 6. National Health and Medical Research Council. The Australian Immunization Handbook. 7th ed. Canberra: AGPS, 2000. 7. Tyrrell DA, Cohen S, Schlarb JE. Signs and symptoms in common colds. Epidemiol Infect 1993;111: 143–56. 8. Vazquez M, LaRussa PE, Gershon A, et al. The effectiveness of the varicella vaccine in clinical practice. N Engl J Med 2001; 344: 955-960. 9. Winther B, Gwaltney JM, Jr, Mygind N, et al. Sites of rhinovirus recovery after point inoculation of the upper airway. JAMA 1986; 256:1763–7. 10. www.cdc.gov 11. www.who.int Journals: 1. American Journal of Epidemiology 2. European Journal of Epidemiology
  • 77. 76 MSA 207.3 (Credit hours 3) Medical Sociology and Anthropology BPH, Second Year, Fourth Semester Course Objectives: To analyze the behavioral, social, and cultural factors associated with health and illness.To develop an understanding of theories associated with health and illness that draw broadly from the social and behavioral sciences, including psychology, sociology and anthropology. At the end of the course students shall be able to:  Develop an understanding of public health initiatives that are based on social science theories  Apply the concept of sociology/anthropology in health care practices.  Demonstrate an understanding of social and behavioral public health initiatives through class discussions, term paper, and oral presentation  Develop in-depth knowledge of a specific public health initiative that is based on social science theory  Develop an understanding of research issues in social and behavioral public health  Analyze the factors influencing motivation in adopting of innovations on acceptance of modern health care facilities. Unit Course Contents Hrs Details I Medical Sociology and Anthropology 1. Introduction  Common terminologies: Ethnicity, Mores, Folk Ways, Social System, Social Control, Social Disorganization, Social Problems, Acculturation, Enculturation, Socialization, Cooperation, Accommodation, Assimilation, Conflict, Modernization, Westernization, Sanskrtisation, Ethnomedicine, Ethnopsychiatry, Value, Beliefs, Perception, Knowledge, Attitude, Behavior, Custom, Habit, Self Medication, Institution, Organization.  Branches of Sociology and Anthropology  History, Present Status, Emergence and Future of Medical Sociology and anthropology 38 2. Health Behavior, Illness Behavior and Sickness Role  Health Behavior  Definitions of Health.  Definitions of Health Behavior and Health Status.
  • 78. 77  Models of Health Behavior.  The Health Belief Model.  An Emerging Model of Health Behavior.  The Influence of Health Promotion and Lifestyle on Health Behavior.  Social-Structural Influences on Health and Health Behavior. Illness Behavior  Interpretations of Illness Behavior.  Self Care, Socio Demographic Variables, Socio Economic Status, Predisposing, Enabling and Need Components.  Socio Psychological Models of Illness Behavior: o David Mechanic theory: TEN determinants o Suchman's Stages of Illness Behavior.  The symptom experience stage.  Assumption of sick role stage.  The medical care contact stage.  The dependent / patient role stage.  The recovery of rehabilitation stage Sickness Role  The Importance of the Sick Role.  The Sick Role: An Introduction to Illness as Deviance and sickness as social deviance and being sick.  The Influence of Sex, Age, Race and Ethnicity, and social Class on the Sick Role.  Meaning and significance of the interpersonal relationship.  The Physician- Patient Role relationship: Model’s of Interaction and cultural difference in communication o Person's sick role model. o Swaz and Hollander's model. o Communication pattern between modern provider - consumer and indigenous provider- consumer relationship. o Barriers on effective provider consumer relationship. 3. The History of Medicine  The History of Medicine in Western Civilization.  The Dawn of Civilization to Egyptian Medicine.  The Influence of Greek and Roman Medicine.  Medicine and the Medieval Period.  Medicine in an Industrial Society.  Traditional and Alternative Medicines/Practitioners. o Alternative Medicines and Their Practitioners. o Homeopathic Medicine. o Acupuncture.
  • 79. 78 o Ayurveda. o Barefoot Doctors. o Modern Practitioners of Traditional Medicine. 4. Socialization and Social Learning in Health  Definition, meaning, and significance of socialization and health socialization.  Agencies ,Characteristics and stage of socialization  Theories of socialization (Sigmund Freud, Cooley, G S Mead)  Social learning and its importance in health.  Essentials of socialization in health. 5. Culture and Health  Meaning and definition of culture.  Characteristics, Elements and Types of culture.  Cross-culture examples of culture in relation to behavior and health problem in health care system.  Role of indigenous healers in primary health care.  Self-medication and other prevailing health care practice in Nepal. 6. Socio-cultural Change, Social Problem and Control  Definition and Nature of social and cultural change.  Factors, Causes and Barriers of change  Process of Socio cultural change  Consequences of socio cultural change  Meaning, Nature and Cause of social problem.  Social problems: Prostitution, Sexual abuse, Alcoholism, Drug abuse, Crime, Suicide, Child labor and their impact in society and health.  Meaning, Purpose and Agencies of social control.  Practice of social control in health in Nepal. 7. Research Methods in Sociology/Anthropology  Meaning, steps and concept of basic, applied and sociological anthropological research.  Distinction between qualitative and quantitative research.  Methods of sociological and anthropological research. 8. Policy and Politics of Health  Health Care Policy and politics in terms of historical and contemporary issues related to access, quality, and cost. Organizational, financing. 9. Legislative aspects of health  Role of health advocacy and lobbying in health policy formation.  Legislative procedure related to health. 10. Executive aspects of health
  • 80. 79  Executive structure for health service administration and management.  Executive decision and their effect on health policy formation.  Executive decision making and their effect on  health program implementation. 11. Judicial Aspects of Health  Health Law: nature, implementation strategies and challenges.  Control of health hazards through health laws and regulation.  Legal protection against the threats to physical, mental and social health of public.  Health law and preventive public health.  Epidemics and health laws. II Social Psychology 1. Introduction to Social Psychology  Terminology: Terminology and concepts useful in studying health problem, body-mind relationship, Level of consciousness, Dynamic system of personality, Drivers and motives, Adjustment mechanism, Stress, crisis and disease  Definition and significance of behavioral science  Relationship between, sociology, psychology and anthropology in health. 2. Motivation  Meaning and definitions of motivation.  Maslow's concept of human motivation, including hierarchy of needs.  Role of motivation in learning and health education.  Motivation and adoption of innovation.  Motivation towards utilizing modern health facilities. 3. Emotion  Meaning, characteristics  James Lange Theory, Cannon Bard Theory, Schachter-Singer theory of Emotions.  States of Emotions: Positive emotion (Love, Laughter, Hope, Optimism, Self Confidence and Negative emotion (Anger, Fear, Sadness, Boredom, Guilt) 4. Frustration and Conflicts  Meaning, Source and reactions of Frustration.  Types of Conflict (Approach – Approach, Avoidance – Avoidance, Approach- Avoidance, Multiple Approach- Avoidance) 10 References
  • 81. 80 1. Alford RR. Health Care Politics. Chicago: University of Chicago Press 1975. 2. Dixit H. Quest for Health. Educational Enterprises, Katmandu, 1999. 3. Foster GM., Anderson BG. Medical Anthropology. Alfred a. Knopf, New York, 1978. 4. Freeman E., Howard L.S., Reeder GL(ed). Handbook of Medical Sociology. 3rd Edition, Prentice Hall, Inc. Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey, 1979. 5. Van Der GS. Whyte SR. The Context of Medicines in Developing Countries: Studies in Pharmaceutical Anthropology, 1991. Het spinguis publishers, Amsterdam, The Netherlands. List Current Essential References
  • 82. 81 EOH 208.3 (Credit hours 3) Environmental Health and Occupational Health BPH, Second Year, Fourth Semester Course Objectives: To clarify the concept and application of environmental health that can support in understanding the relationship between environment and human health. At the completion of the course students shall be able to:  Understand the concept of environmental health.  Explore the environmental health problems of Nepal  Clarify the role of water resource and solid waste in promoting public health Unit Course Contents H rs Details Unit -I: Introduction to Environmental Health  Concept and application of environmental health  Scope of environmental health  Components of environmental health 5 Unit I: Introduction to Environmental Health Concept and application of environmental health (2)  Meaning ,Concept of Importance of environment  Environmental segments  Meaning, concept and application of environmental health  Factors affecting in environmental health Physical --Water & Air, Noise, Lighting, Radiation, Climate, Wastes Chemicals -Insecticides &fertilizers Biological – Microbial, parasite and Insects Scope of environmental health (2) -Agent: chemical, Biological, Physical ( air, water, soil, food →transported to human through inhalation, ingestion, or skin absorption) -Host: genetics, nutrition, immunity, age. -Exposure -Effect: acute/delayed onset, clinical/subclinical, reversible/irreversible.(preventive medicine) -Manifestation -Social Science: law, interventions  Components of environmental health -Physical: Water, air, soil, housing, waste, radiation.etc -Biological; ( Plants & animals, bacteria, viruses, insects ,rodents). - Social: Culture, customs, habits, income, occupation, religion etc
  • 83. 82 II Common Environmental Health Problems of Nepal - Environmental Problems in Rural Areas o Poor sanitation and hygiene o Indoor air pollution o Unsafe drinking water o Flooding and drought o River siltation o Loss of Biodiversity o Deforestation o Soil erosion o Desertificatio n - Environmental Problems in Urban Areas o Air pollution o Industrial pollution o Water pollution 2 0 Unit II: Common Environmental Health Problems of Nepal  Environmental Problems in urban and Rural Areas of Nepal  Environmental problems due to - Physical: air pollution due to smoke: using coal, oil & wood for cooking, soil, housing, -Biological: Plant & animal sources:-Micro-organisms, insects, rodents & animals - Social:-Culture, customs, habit, income ,occupation - Chemicals: insecticides, pesticides,  Poor sanitation and hygiene -Human excreta disposal in open field ,Lack of physical resources, Improper housing system, poor personal hygiene, Insufficient safe water, Indoor air pollution , Definition of the term, Poor ventilation system, Insufficient rooms for the family, Storing grains & agricultural products inside the home, Smoke from the kitchen ,Poor personal hygiene & sanitation  Unsafe drinking water -contamination from the source, Insanitary handling & storage, Use of improper container, problems  Flooding and drought -Meaning, causes and Situation of flooding and drought in Nepal, Problems of flooding and drought, Poor quality of drinking water, Decaying of organic material, Environmental pollution due to wastes carried by food, shortage of water due to draught, Loss in balance of ecosystem  River siltation - Meaning , causes and situation in Nepal, Problems  Loss of Biodiversity, Deforestation, Soil erosion, Desertification - Meaning , causes and situation in Nepal, Problems, Loss of balance in ecosystem, Flooding & draught cause change in climate  Environmental Problems in Urban Areas -Physical: Air, water, soil, housing, radiation etc Biological: Plant & animal sources:-Micro-organisms, insects, rodents & animals. -Social:-Culture, customs, habit, income ,occupation -Chemicals: insecticides, pesticides,  Air pollution -Definition of the term -Sources of air pollution; Automobile, Industries, Domestic , Tobacco smoke, Miscellaneous ( burning of refuse, incinerators, pesticide spraying, wind borne dust, fungi, molds, bacteria), air movement.  Industrial pollution - Definition of the term -Smoke, Dust, chemicals, Fumes(Steam & other)
  • 84. 83 III Water Resources Management - Types, sources and effects of water pollution - Rivers and ground water pollution - Sources of water supply and availability in Nepal (rural and urban) - Human health and water quality - Water and water related diseases. - Water purification, WHO standard and prevention and control measures. - Liquid waste management 1 4 Unit III: Water Resources Management  Types, sources and effects of water pollution Types -Biological(Bacteria, virus, protozoa, helminthes, leptospirasis, snail-systosomiasis, Cyclops-guinea worm, fish tape worm) -Chemical-industrial & agricultural wastes Sources of water pollution -Sewage, industrial waste, agricultural pollutants, physical pollutants  Rivers and ground water pollution -River water pollution -surface washings, sewage water. Industrial &trade wastes, drainage from agricultural areas, bathing, animal washing, disposal of dead animals & other.  Ground water pollution-Sewage, industrial waste, agricultural pollutants, physical pollutants  Sources of water supply and availability in Nepal (rural and urban)- Rain, Surface Water, Ground Water, Central supply (Urban.)  Human health and water quality -Potable water -Minimum standard of water quality.  Water and water related diseases. -Pollution of water -Water related diseases- Biological(Viral, Bacterial, Protozoal, Helminthic, Leptospiral, Snail, Cyclops (Guineaworm, Fish tape worm) -Chemical-Diseases borne due to detergent solvents, cyanides, heavy metals, minerals & organic acids, nitrogenous substances, bleaching agents, dyes, pigments, sulfides, ammonia, toxic organic compounds. & water associated diseases.  Water purification, WHO standard and prevention and control measures -Definition of the term -Methods-Storage, Filtration, Disinfection  Liquid waste management -Pit method -Drainage method -Storage method
  • 85. 84 IV Solid Waste - Solid waste production and disposal - Resource recovery from solid waste (including human excreta) - Types, sources and effects of hazardous wastes - Control and management of hazardous wastes 9 Unit IV: Solid Waste  Solid waste production and disposal - Definition of the term -composition of solid waste -Method of disposal  Resource recovery from solid waste (including human excreta) -Bio-gas production -Compost fertilizer  Types, sources and effects of hazardous wastes -Definition of the term -Characteristics of hazardous waste -Industrial factory, Household, Agriculture, Hospital  Control and management of hazardous wastes References 1. Beacon Press, MOPE, State of the Environment of Nepal, Kathmandu: Ministry of Pollution and Environmental Nepal 2000. 2. FAO/WHO. Health and Environment in Sustainable Development WHO/EHG/97.8 1997 3. Miller, Tyler, Environmental Science. USA: Wadsworth Inc1988. 4. MOPE/ICIMOD/UNEP (2001), Nepal: State of the Environment Report 2001. Kathmandu: UNEP /ICIMOD 5. Ojha. S. Watawarniya swasthya re sarsaphai, Kathmandu: Health Learning, Material Centre, BS 2046. 6. Sloan, WM Site selection for new hazardous waste management facilities. WHO1993. 7. WHO. WHO commission on health and environment. Report of the panel on food and agriculture. Geneva: WHO1992. 8. WHO. Climate Change and Human Health, WHO/WMO/UNEP, 1996. 9. WHO. Guideline for Drinking Water Quality: Health Criteria and other Supporting Information, WHO 1996. 10. WHO. Monitoring Ambient Air Quality for Health Impact Assessment, WHO1999. 11. WHO. Surface Water Drainage for Low-income Communities, WHI/UNEP1991. 12. Whyte, A. Guidelines for planning community participations in water supple and sanitation project. WHO1986. List Current Essential References
  • 86. 85 FDN 209.3 (Credit hours 3) Food and Nutrition-I BPH, Second Year, Fourth Semester Course Objectives: To develop knowledge on nutrition, nutrient requirements of different age groups, skills in assessing the nutritional status and interference to improve malnutrition. Upon successful completion of the course students shall be able to:  Introduce the concepts of food and nutrition and the processes of food utilization for health growth & development  Understand the needs of major nutrients at population with individual level their daily requirements  Assess nutritional status of individuals and communities  Explore context appropriate nutritional interventions Unit Course contents hrs Details Suggestion I Introduction to Basic Food Science and Nutrition  Nutrition as public health science  Concept of food and nutrition  Classification, composition and nutritive value of foods  Conceptual framework of (under-nutrition and over nutrition) malnutrition  Macronutrients and their functions  Micronutrients and their functions  Balanced diet/food pyramid and non nutrient nutrition promoters 8 A. Introduction to Food and Nutrition i. Concept of Food and Nutrition: Definition of Food and Nutrition, Objective of Nutrition, Function of Nutrition, and ii. Classification of foods by various ways iii. Macronutrients (Carbohydrate, Protein and Fats): Functions, Sources, Daily Requirement and Deficiency Diseases and Disorders iv. Micronutrients (Vitamins and Minerals): Functions, Sources, Daily Requirement and Deficiency Disease and Disorders of all Vitamins and Iron and Iodine in detail and other minerals in brief. v. Dietary fibers and non nutrient nutrition promoters vi. Composition and Nutritive value of foods of commonly available foods in Nepal vii. Concept of Balance Diet and Food Pyramids B. Introduction to Public Health Nutrition viii. Concept and Definition, Objectives, Scope and Application of Public Health Nutrition ix. Analysis of Nutritional Problems of Developed and Developing Countries x. Mal nutrition: Concept of Malnutrition (under nutrition and over Nutrition), Causes of Malnutrition, Intergenerational cycle of Malnutrition, Conceptual frame work of malnutrition and Various classification of Malnutrition, Risk factors, Sign and Symptoms, difference between Kwashiorkor and Marasmus, WHO guideline for management of malnutrition, Management of Global Acute Malnutrition and Chronic Acute Malnutrition (added) 12
  • 87. 86 II Metabolism of Macronutrients  Basic concept of human physiology- Digestion, assimilation and degradation at Cells, tissues-organ, system and the body  Digestion, metabolism (catabolism and anabolism) of Carbohydrate, Protein, Fat, Vitamin, Mineral. 12 Metabolism of Macronutrients and Micronutrients i. Digestion and absorption of carbohydrate, protein and lipids. ii. Glycolysis of Carbohydrate iii. Glycogensis and Glycogenolysis iv. Citric Acid Cycle v. Electron transfer Chain vi. ATP Synthatase vii. B Oxidation of Fats viii. Metabolism of Individual Aminoacids ix. Deficiency and toxicity of each vitamins x. Deficiency and toxicity of each Minerals 10 III Nutritional Requirements of Different Age Group  Nutrition needs of infant and young child, pregnant, lactating, adolescents and aged  Counseling and management of malnutrition in children – Nutritional Rehabilitation  Foods beliefs, taboos and changing trends of food habits  Lifecycle approach, in nutrition promotion with focus on intergenerational effects of malnutrition 12 Nutritional Requirement of different age groups i. Basic concepts: Recommended Dietary Allowances, Basal Metabolic Rate, Measurement of Energy, Reference man and women ii. Nutritional Requirement of Infants iii. Nutritional Requirement of young children iv. Nutritional Requirement of Adolescents v. Nutritional Requirement of Adults vi. Nutritional Requirement of Geriatric populations vii. Nutritional Requirement of pregnant women and Lactating Mothers viii. Nutritional Counseling ix. Nutritional Rehabilitation: Introduction, Importance and practice in Nepal. x. Culture and nutrition: Foods beliefs, taboos and changing trends of food habits (food faddism) xi. Lifecycle approach in nutrition promotion with focus on intergenerational cycle of malnutrition 10
  • 88. 87 IV Assessment of Nutritional Status and Major Indicators  Diet Surveys  Biochemical assessment  Anthropometrics measurement  Clinical Assessment  Indirect Parameters of Nutritional status  Nutrition Indicators and HMIS 16 Assessment of Nutritional Status i. Concept, objectives and Methods of Nutritional Assessment ii. Diet Survey: concepts, methods and calculation iii. Clinical Assessment: concept, WHO/FAO classification of clinical signs, clinical sign and symptoms of major nutritional Problems (PEM, IDDs, VADDs, IDA, Obesity, Ascorbic Acid, Thiamin and Niacin) iv. Laboratory and Biochemical Assessment: Initial laboratory test (HB%, Stool/Urine microscopy), special biochemical tests v. Anthropometric Measurement: weight for age(under Nutrition), Height (length) for age (Stunting), weight for height (wasting), BMI, MUAC, Skin fold thickness and wrist circumference and hip-wrist ratio with their public health significance vi. Use of Computer software for nutrition analysis: WHO Anthro, Epi info. (added) vii. Indirect Parameters of Nutritional Assessment viii. Concept of Nutritional indicators and nutritional indicators used in current HMIS of Nepal. 16 References 1. Bamji M.S., Rao NP, Reddy V. Textbook of Human Nutrition, Oxford & IBH Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd. 2. Gopalan BV, Sastri R and S.C. Balasubramaniam. Nutritive Value of Indian Foods. Hyderabad, India. NIN and Indian Medical Research: 1994 3. Felicity SK and Aurgess A. Nutrition for Developing Countries, Second edition, Oxford University Press: 1992 4. His Majesties Government of Nepal, Department of Health Services. Annual Report, 5. 2003/2004 6. MoH/MI/New ERA. Nepal Micronutrient Status Survey, Kathmandu: 1998. 7. Asian Development Bank, UNICEF. Investing in Child Nutrition in Asia: Nutrition 8. and Development Series No. 1 edited by Joseph Hunt and M.G. Quibria, 9. MoH/New ERA/ORC Macro. Nepal Demographic Health Survey. 2001, Kathmandu: 2002 10. Swaminathan M. Advanced textbooks on foods and nutrition, Volume II & I. India: Bappco 1990. List current Essential References  Swaminathan M.: Advanced textbooks on foods and nutrition, Volume II & I. India: Bappco 1990.  Park K.: Textbook of Preventive and Social Medicine, 20th edition 2010.  National Nutrition Policy and Strategy of Nepal. 2004.
  • 89. 88 HPE 210.3 (Credit hours 3) Applied Health Promotion and Education BPH, Second Year, Fourth Semester Course Objectives: To develop the practical knowledge on the development and establishment of health education and promotion interventions in national health system. At the end of the course students shall be able to:  Critically appraise health education, promotion and policy, strategy and activities in Nepal  Carry out school health promoting activities including life skill education  Plan health promotion and education program.  Implement, monitor and evaluate health education programs in Nepal. Unit Course contents hrs Details I Health Promotion and Education in Nepal  Policy strategy programs regarding health promotion and education in Nepal  Institutions responsible for delivering the health promotion and education in Nepal  Review of the health promotion and education activities at different institutions.  NHEICC and its programs, policy and activities. 8 Health Promotion and Education in Nepal  Policy, strategy and programs of health promotion and education in Nepal  Institutions responsible for delivering the health promotion and education in Nepal  Review of the health promotion and education activities at different institutions.  NHEICC and its programs, policy and activities II Health Promoting Institutions  Meaning, importance, areas, steps and life skill education  Health promoting work place. 10 Health Promoting Institutions  Meaning, importance, areas, steps and life skill education  Health promoting work place.
  • 90. 89 III Planning of Health Promotion and Education Program  Meaning, importance and steps of planning  Health risk appraisal and management issues  PRECED, PROCEED framework of health education diagnosis, planning and evaluation: Concept, steps and its application in priority PHC program interventions  Different planning approaches in health promotion and education 15 Planning of Health Promotion and Education Program  Meaning, importance and steps of planning  Health risk appraisal and management issues  PRECED-PROCEED framework of health education diagnosis, planning and evaluation: Concept, steps and its application in priority PHC program interventions  Different planning approaches in health promotion and education IV Implementation, Monitoring and Evaluation of Health Promotion and Education Program  Implementation approaches (community, organization, leadership, participation)  Monitoring indicator promotion of health education program (process, effects and impact indicators) 15 Implementation, Monitoring and Evaluation of Health Promotion and Education Program  Implementation approaches (community, organization, leadership, participation)  Monitoring indicator promotion of health education program (process, effects and impact indicators) References 1. Armin MF Goidschmidt. Bemd Hofer, Communication between Doctor and Patients in Thailand. Saarbncken 1972. 2. David K. Berio. The process of communication. Holt. Rinehert and Winston inc. 1960 3. Devid Bedworh & Albert Bed Worth. Health Education: A Process of human effectiveness. Harper and raw NY, 1978 4. Freire Paulo. Pedagogy of Oppressed. New York, the Seaburt Press. 1974 5. Guilbert.J.J. Educational Hand book for Health professional, Geneva: WHO, 1977 6. International Journal of Health Promotion and Education, Quarterly- An official publication of International Union of Health Promotion and Education; Different volumes 7. Joseph Luft. Group Processes - An introduction to group dynamics. Joseph 2nd edition, 1970 8. Murray G. Ross. Community Organization. Harper and Row Publishers , 1964 9. Skinner, B.F. About Behaviouralism, New York, Alped A Knoff. 1974.
  • 92. 91 Applied Environmental and Occupational Health I BPH, Third Year, Fifth Semester Course Objectives: To help understand the fundamental relation between environments, occupational practices and public health and to provide the framework for the improvement of public health through the management of environmental resources. Upon successful completion of the course students shall be able to:  Explore the relationship between environmental resources, occupational practices and public health  Understand the importance and implication of ecological life support system and the ecosystem health on human health and livelihood.  Apply environmental (ecosystem) management approaches to improve human health.  Describe the concept of environmental burden of human diseases and occupational health; interlink diseases and public health problems to the degradation of environmental resources and occupational policies. Unit Course Description Hr s. Detail suggestio n 1 Environment, Biology and Ecology8 hours 1. Concept of environment, biology and ecology. 2. Human-environment interaction and human impact on ecosystems. 3. Ecosystem approach 4. Ecosystem approach to human health and diseases 5. Agro ecosystem 6. Links between agro ecosystem and human health 7. Concept of human well-being 8 Unit: Ecosystem and Human health  Concept of Ecology, Ecosystem and Environmental Biology  Life supporting system  Human-environment Interaction and human impact on ecosystem  Ecosystem approach to human health and diseases  Agroecosystem  Links between Agroecosystem and human health  Concept of human well being 8 hrs 2 Biodiversity and Its Conservation8 hours  Basic concepts and importance of biodiversity  Biodiversity and biotechnology.  Challenges to the preservation of biodiversity.  Biodiversity and human health  Conservation and its impact on human health 8  Basic concept of Biodiversity  Importance of Biodiversity  Challenges to preservation of biodiversity  Concept of Biopiracy  Biodiversity conservation in Nepal  Use of Biodiversity in Biotechnology (esp. environmental pollution control) 8 hrs 3 Air Pollution 8 hours 1. Types and sources of air pollution 2. Effects of air pollution on biological 8  Types and sources of Air pollution  Major pollutants of atmosphere  Effects of air pollution on human 8 hrs
  • 93. 92 system 3. Effects of air-pollution on human health 4. Effects of air-pollution on Ozone layer and global climate 5. Management of air pollution health, animal, vegetation, materials  Effects of air pollution on ozone layer and climate  Photochemical smog  Management of air pollution 4 Pesticide pollution  Types and uses of pesticide in Nepal  Effects of Pesticides on human health  Alternative methods of pest control  Integrated Pest Management(IPM)  Pesticides acts and regulation 4 hrs 5 Environmental Toxicology12 hours  Basic concept of environmental toxicology  Air, soil and water pollution  Food and food additives  Risk assessment and monitoring  Factors influencing toxicity  Route of exposure and toxicity  Management of environmental toxicity problem  Emergence of resistance  Basic concept of environmental toxicology  Toxic agents related Air, soil and water pollution  Route of exposure  Factors influencing toxicity  Risk assessment and management  Emergence of resistance  Environmental toxicity management 10 hrs 6 Occupational Health and Safety Development 12 hours  Application of concept of occupational health and safety in Nepal  Major occupational diseases in Nepal  Control and treatment of occupational diseases  Policies related to occupational health  Promotion of occupational health  Critical analysis of programs related to occupational health 12 Occupational Health and Safety  Meaning and scope of occupational health and safety  Historical development of occupational health  Workman’s compensation  Occupational diseases  Occupational health practices applied to specific exposure: physical, chemical and biological 10 hrs
  • 94. 93 Course Objectives: Food and Nutrition II BPH, Third Year, Fifth Semester To develop knowledge on food hygiene, existing nutritional program in Nepal and social cultural aspect of food and nutrition. At the end of the course students shall be able to: Explain the concept of the food hygiene, food processing, and food adulteration to the public health promoters Assess, monitor and evaluate the nutritional program in Nepal. Explore and address the socio-cultural factor of food and nutrition in relation to public health promote Unit Course Description Hrs Detail suggesti on 1 Food Hygiene, Food Processing and Food Adulteration 12 hours  Food hygiene, at family and industrial level, effect on health  Food and the effects of unhygienic food and health  Food hygiene and nutrition during preparation, processing, storage and consumption  Food adulteration, it causes and health effects  Health and Food Acts and its implementation 12 Food hygiene and sanitation:  Food hygiene: definition, objective, Component( Milk, Meat, Fish, egg, fruit and vegetables hygiene), of food hygiene  Food sanitation: meaning, source of contamination, prevention of contamination  Food handlers  Food hygiene at home  Food hygiene at industry  International code of practice: general principles of food hygiene Food preparation, processing and preservation  Food Preparation: WHO "Golden Rules" for Safe Food Preparation, cooking principles, Methods of cooking.  Food processing: concept, purpose and methods (House hold level, Industrial level) Food storage: meaning, purpose and methods (storage of perishable, semi perishable and non perishable foods) Effect of unhygienic foods:  Food borne disease o Food borne infection (Bactrrial, viral, parasitic) o Food poisoning/Food intoxication (natural toxin, bacterial toxin, fungal toxin and chemical food 12 hours
  • 95. 94 poisoning)  Food adulteration: concept, type and purpose of adulteration and health effects  Food additives: concept of, types and health effects.  Food acts and legislation for prevention of adulteration 2 Nutrition and Diseases 15 hours  Diet and Coronary Heart Disease, CVD  Diet and Diabetes Mellitus  Role of Foods in Cancer prevention  Diet and bone health  Food interaction and public health promotion 15 Diet, nutrition and Chronic Disease:  Global burden of chronic disease, Diet nutrition and chronic disease throughout the life, Population nutrition intake goal and strength of evidence.  Diet, Nutrition and CHD, CVD: trend, Strength of evidence and disease specific recommendations  Diet, Nutrition and DM: trend, Strength of evidence and disease specific recommendations  Diet, Nutrition and Cancer: trend, Strength of evidence, diet in various types of cancer and disease specific recommendations  Diet, Nutrition and bone health: trend, Strength of evidence and disease specific recommendations  Policy principles and strategies for the promotion of healthy diets and physical activity 12 hours Diet and obesity Diet and Dental health have to add in syllabus. 3 Nutrition Program in Nepal 12 hours  National nutrition policy of MOHP  National nutrition strategies-IYCF, School Health & Nutrition  National Nutrition Programs  Nutrition Intervention Program- food fortification and supplementation in Nepal and SAARC countries  Lesson learned and constraints of national nutrition programs  Inter-sectoral cooperation and coordination for nutrition promotion in Nepal 12  National nutrition policy of MOHP: goal, objective, targets and strategic approach for nutritional improvements.  National nutrition strategies-IYCF, School Health & Nutrition  National Nutrition Programs: Protein- energy Malnutrition Control , Iron Deficiency Anemia Control, Iodine Deficiency Disorder Control , Vitamin A Deficiency Control  Nutrition Intervention: Meaning, purpose, methods  Food fortification: concept, objective and practices of food fortification in Nepal and SAARC  Food Supplementation in Nepal and 10 hours
  • 96. 95 SAARC countries  Nutrition education 4 Poverty, Food Security and Nutrition 10 hours  Poverty and Nutrition  Food Security and Nutrition  Investing in health interventions for nutrition promotion: Cost effectiveness and quality of life  Effects of Malnutrition on Economic Productivity, Health, and Survival 10 Poverty, Food Security and Nutrition  Poverty and Nutrition  Situation of Nepal  Relationship between nutrition and poverty  Food Security and Nutrition:  Meaning of food security  Food security status in Nepal  Factor affecting food security  Food security policy of Nepal  International effort for food security 8 hours 5 Food Quality Control  Critical assessment of food quality control (Hazard Analysis)  Good food manufacture practices (Provision of food sanitation)  Food act and implementation 0 Food Quality Control  Quality control and quality assurance: principles, quality attributes of foods, food standards  Critical assessment of food quality control (Hazard Analysis)  Food hazards  Types of hazards  Hazards analysis critical points: Concept and principles  Concept of Good food manufacture practices (GMP),International Organization for standardization (ISO), and National Standard (NS)  Concept of Consumer’s right  Ministry of Agriculture and Cooperatives, Department of Food Technology and Quality Control: aims, objectives and analysis of activities  Quality aspect of food act and legislation o Food Act, 2052 o Food Act, 2023 o Food regulation o Muluki Yen 6 hrs References (in priority order)
  • 97. 96 Human Resource Development BPH, Third Year, Fifth Semester Course Objectives: At the end of the course students are able to: Enable the students in projecting, planning, implementing and evaluating human resource for health programs. Clarify the meaning, concepts, components, process and importance of HRD, in health. Develop appropriate HR Plans for different health programs in country Carry out training need assessment, develop curriculum, conduct training and evaluates the training programs Un it Not revised Course Description H rs . Revised Detail Hrs. 1 Introduction to HRD 10 hours Meaning, scope, definition, evolution, external influences, trends and issues of HRD, HRD challenge; HRM in dynamic environment, HRM and Health Program Management; strategic linkage, its implication for attaining organization goal 1 0 Introduction to HRD and HRM  Meaning, definitions, scope, , Historical development, influences, issues of HRD, HRD challenge;  HRM in dynamic environment: a. Change in disease pattern and its management. b. Change in national ruling system: federal system, Central ruling system  HRM and Health Program Management; strategic linkage, its implication for attaining organization goal 12 2 Components of HRD 5 hours Components of human resource development, application of HRD components in Nepali context 5 Components of HRD Components of human resource development, application of HRD components in Nepali context 4 3 Human Resource Planning and Curriculum Development 10 hours Curriculum development, approaches in HR planning for health, national health plans and HR implications; assessing demand and supply of health professionals; HRDIS, gender perspective in health program and its HR 1 0 Human Resource Planning and Curriculum Development Curriculum development, approaches in HR planning for health, national health plans and HR implications; assessing demand and supply of health professionals; HRDIS, gender perspective in health program and its HR implication in 10
  • 98. 97 implication. Nepal. 4 Different Training Approaches 15 hours Importance of training, adult learning philosophy, and principles of learning Training needs assessment and formulation of training objectives Training design; content development, lesson plan, material development and delivery Training methods; OJT, case studies, role-plays, lectures, group discussion Training cost and field logistics Training evaluation and follow up Training report writing skills Participatory training approaches and their application in public health 1 5 Different Training Approaches  Importance of training, adult learning philosophy, and principles of learning  Training needs assessment and formulation of training objectives  Training design; content development, lesson plan, material development and delivery  Training methods; OJT, case studies, role-plays, lectures, group discussion  Training cost and field logistics  Training evaluation and follow up  Training report writing  Participatory training approaches and their application in public health 15 5 Training Evaluation 8 hours Objectives, methods and current practices in government, semi government and private health institutions, recent trends, feedback to health professional, 360 degree appraisal, Development of supervision plan and tools. Evaluation approaches. Rewards and punishment approaches in HRD. 8 Training Evaluation Objectives, methods and current practices in government, semi government and private health institutions, recent trends, feedback to health professional, 360 degree appraisal and triangulation of evaluation., Development of supervision plan and tools. Evaluation approaches. Rewards and punishment approaches in HRD. 7
  • 99. 98 Health Systems Development II BPH, Third Year, Fifth Semester Course Objectives: To conceptualize the national health policy and how the policy has back reflected at the central, district and grass root levels and to develop awareness of the problems and issues facing the health service management at various levels. At the completion of the course students will be able to:  Describe the history of the development of health services in Nepal.  Develop understanding of the National Health Policy.  Analyze the problems and issues of the health services management at the central, district and the grassroots levels. Un it Course Description Hrs. Detail Hr s 1 Historical Development of Health System in Nepal 10 hours  Concept of health systems development  Principles of health systems development  Different models of health systems development  Brief history of development of health system in Nepal.  Traditional health care practices.  Ayurvedic, Homeopathic and Allopathic medicine in Nepal.  Naturopathy curative vs. preventive and promotional health services.  Traces of expansion of curative health centers and preventive and vertical health service programs.  Brief introduction to long-term health plans of Nepal.  Integrated health services: strengths, weaknesses, opportunities and threats. 10 Historical Development of Health System in Nepal  Concept, goal, objectives, component (Financing; Health workforce; Information; Medical products and technology; Service delivery; and Leadership/governance), functions (Service provision, Resource generation, Financing and Stewardship) and model of health system (Beveridge, Bismark and mixed)  Principles of health systems development  Key issues of health systems of developing countries  Brief history of development of health system in Nepal  Traditional and modern ( indigenous, Ayurvedic, Homeopathic/ naturopathy and Allopathic) 8 4 4
  • 100. 99  Preventive and vertical health programme  Integration of vertical programs: SWOT analysis 2 National Health Policy and Plan 8 hours  Concept of health policy  National health policy  Current Five Year Plan in health services.  Overview of the health planning process in Nepal.  Types of health planning  Problem solving  Program planning  Co-ordination of efforts and activities planning  Planning for the allocation for resources  Design of standard operating procedure and project planning  Decentralization policy 8 National Health Policy and Plan  Health policy: concept, goal, process and components (content, process, context and actors) o National health policy 1991 o 1st and 2nd long term health plan o Health sectors in periodic plans in brief o Decentralization policy, Local governance act o Detail study of current periodic plan  Health planning: Concept, process/steps of health planning o Project planning, programme planning o Standard operating procedure 8 4 4 3 Central Health System Management 8 hours  Organizational structure at various levels of health services  Brief introduction of various health programs in terms of objectives activities. 1. Malaria control 2. FP/MCH 3. Tuberculosis control 4. Leprosy control 5. Expanded program for 8 Central Health System Management  Ministry of Health and population: vision, aim, objective, strategy and principle of health sectors, organizational structure and roles and responsibilities of MoHP  Department of Health services: organizational 10 1 1 1 1 1
  • 101. 100 immunization 6. Information education and communication. 7. Control of diarrheal disease and ARI. 8. Nutrition 9. Environmental Health 10. Health Training 11. Kala-azar 12. AIDS Need for, and establishment of co-ordination among health and health related program for effective delivery of health services alternative modality for establishing effective coordination structure and role and responsibilities  Brief introduction about divisions and centers: objectives and functions  Brief introduction about central and specialized hospitals  Objectives and activities of Health councils: Health professional, Medical, nursing, pharmacy and ayurvedic council and NHRC  National Health programs: aims, objectives, strategy, activities and analysis of programs in terms strength and weakness: EPI, Nutrition, IMCI, FP, safe motherhood and newborn health, TB, Malaria, TB, HIV/AIDS, Kala-azar, Filaria,  Free health care service as national programme 5 4 Regional, Zonal and District Health Services Management 8 hours  Study of regional, zonal and district health services  Functions  Organizational structure  Human resource for health.  Job descriptions  Budget  Program  Control and management of health posts and Sub-health Posts.  Responsibility towards regional health directorate.  Supervision, monitoring and evaluation system. 8 Regional and District Health Services Management  Brief introduction about regional health service management  District health management: oIntroduction, programs, functions, organizational structure, job description and budget oSupervision, monitoring and evaluation system (HR and programs) oReferral systems within the district oCurrent issues and 8 1 4 2 1
  • 102. 101  Review of health activities at different level  Referral systems  Coordination between district hospital and District Public Health Office and health posts. constraints for DHM (Job description DPHO/DHO/PHO in details and others in brief) 5 Grassroots Health Services Management 8 hours  Roles of PHC and health post, sub-health post and Out Reach Clinic (ORC)  Functions  Organization structure  Manpower.  Job descriptions  Programs  Responsibility towards DPHO/Health post.  Supervision system.  Philosophy, objectives, target, strength and weaknesses of different programs  FCHV  MCHW  TBA  Objectives, target strength and weakness of PHC outreach programs. 8 Health service management at primary health care level  PHC: function/programs, organogram/manpower, job descriptions  HP: function/programs, organogram/manpower, job descriptions  SHP: function/programs, organogram/manpower, job descriptions  Philosophy, objectives, target, strength and weaknesses of FCHV, MCHW, and PHC/ORC  Supervision system in primary health care level 8 2 1 1 3 1  Inter-sectoral coordination between different levels.  Central Level. 1. Ministry of Education 2. Ministry of Agriculture 3. Ministry of Women and Social Welfare 4. Ministry of Population and Environme nt 5. Ministry of Housing and Physical Plan. 6. Ministry of Local Development;  Regional level  Zonal level  District Level 1. Educational Institutions 2. Agricultural institutions Inter-sectoral coordination between different levels: central, regional, district and grassroots level. 2
  • 103. 102 3. Local Authorities 4. CDO. 5. District Development Concern 6. Different organization/clubs/ industries 7. NGOs/INGOs 8. Hospitals  Peripheral level 1. Schools 2. Agricultural Offices / Authorities 3. VDC's 4. Different organization / clubs / industries 6 Financial Management 6 hours  Source of finance  Annual budget and budgeting process  Preparation of financial statement and its analysis 6  Source of finance in health sectors  Annual budget and budgeting process in health sectors  Analysis of health budget of government of Nepal 4 References (in priority order) Suggestion: Full unit of Quality assurance in health service management should be added.
  • 104. 103 Primary Health Care in Nepal BPH, Third Year, Fifth Semester Course Objectives: To develop knowledge on the development, practice and strengths and limitations of primary health services in Nepal. Upon successful completion of the course students will be able to:  Appraise the development of primary health care (PHC) in Nepal  Review the components of PHC in Nepal  Explore the problems and major challenges of components in implementing PHC  Evaluate PHC components in Nepal Unit Course Description Hrs. Detail suggestion 1 Development of PHC in Nepal 16 hours  Overview of formulation strategies for health for all by the year 2000 and beyond and its achievements.  Introduction to primary health care (PHC)  Milestones of the development of PHC in Nepal  Primary health care and essential health care  Basic health services and primary health care  Alma Ata Conference on PHC: Introduction and description of the deceleration of Alma Ata and Nepal after signature  Selective vs. comprehensive PHC  Program to meet Basic Health Needs.  Role of the District Public Health Office in implementing PHC components. 16  Introduction to primary health care (PHC): Concept & definitions  Alma Ata Conference on PHC: Introduction and description of the deceleration of Alma Ata and Nepal after signature  The twenty-two recommendations of the Alma-Ata conference.  Overview of operational aspects of PHC.  Milestones of the development of PHC in Nepal  Primary health care and essential health care  Basic health services and primary health care  Selective vs. comprehensive PHC 18 hrs. Health Care service in Nepal
  • 105. 104  Overview of formulation strategies for health for all by the year 2000 and beyond and its achievements.  Global Health Target.  HFA in 21st Century.  Revised strategies for HFA.  Program to meet Basic Health Needs.  Role of the District Public Health Office in implementing PHC components. 2 Components of PHC in Nepal 10 hours  Review of PHC components in Nepal  Success and failure studies of PHC components in Nepal 10  Review of present status of PHC components in Nepal: FP&MCH, Nutrition, Locally endemic diseases, sanitation and Health education  HFA to Health with All in Nepal >Introduction >Actors in “Health with All” >State and “ Health For All” >Powerlessness and health >Market and HFA,  Four assaults on PHC: SPHC, SAP, World Bank and Mc Donalisation of WHO and UNICEF, in 2000.  PHC: From dogma to debate. 12 hrs
  • 106. 105 REM 306.3 (Credit hours 3) 3 Problems in implementing PHC 10 hours  Problems of challenges during implementation of PHC components  Service factors  Economical factors  Political factors  Social-cultural factors  Critiques on PHC  Mitiqution measures of challenges and problems 12  Problems and challenges during implementation of PHC components • Service factors • Economical factors • Political factors • Social-cultural factors  Critiques on PHC : PHC concept, CPHC Vs SPHC, Financing on PHC, Implementation and value/perception  Mitigation measures of challenges and problems 14 hrs 4 Research related to PHC and their application in Nepal 12 hours  Desk review of the research work  Web based search  Unpublished documents  Development of a roster  Monitoring and evaluation indicators of PHC components Research related to PHC and their application in Nepal  Desk review of the research work  Web based search  Unpublished documents  Development of a roster 4 hrs
  • 108. 107 Research Methodology BPH, Third Year, Sixth Semester Course Objectives: To develop the student’s skill in identifying the researchable problems and conducting public health research coupled with the relevant techniques of data collection and research report/paper writing process. After the completion of the course, the students will be able to:  Understand the key concepts on public health research  Identify, analyze and write the statement of public health research problems  Formulate the Research Questions, Objectives and Hypothesis  Identify Variables, its Indicators and Scales of Measurements  Design the Non-Interventional and Interventional Research  Differentiate Qualitative and Quantitative Research Methods  Understand Sampling Methods  Plan out Data Collection Process  Understand Research Ethics  Write Research Report/Paper Unit Course contents hrs Detaining Suggestion I Introduction  Definition of Research, Historical resume  Characteristics of Research, Types of Research Use of research in public health 4 Definition research methodology. Importance of research methodology. Definition of research Meaning of research Purpose of research Scope of research Objectives of research Characteristics of research Problems in research Criteria of good research Phases of research process Types/Categories of Research  Conceptual vs. Empirical  Applied vs. Basic  Experimental vs. Non-experimental  Descriptive vs. Analytical  Quantitative vs. Qualitative Significance of research Scientific foundation of research Health research and development Public health research priority and challenges 4
  • 109. 108 II Health Research Problem, and Hypothesis  Identification and Analysis of Research Problem  Writing Statement of Research Problem  Criteria of Research Questions, and Research Objective Formulation  Research Hypothesis – Directional and Non- Directional Research Hypothesis 5 Characteristics of good topics Concept map of potential research topics Define research problem Components of a research problem Points may be observed in selecting a research problem Technique involved in defining a problem Development of a research problem steps Guidelines or criteria for prioritize and evaluation of research problem Analyzing the research problem with steps Techniques on analysis – NGT, Fishbone, Delphi Define problem statement Elements of problem statement Role of problem statement Importance of state or define the problem statement Importance of research question Function of research question Criteria/characteristics for a good research question (FINER with PICOT format) Define hypothesis Criteria of hypothesis Importance of hypothesis Characteristics of hypothesis Classification of hypothesis 1. Statistical (Null) 2. Research/scientific (alternative) : directional and non-directional Importance of research objectives SMART model for research objectives Formulate the research objective (General, specific, ultimate) 8
  • 110. 109 III Variables and Indicators  Qualitative and Quantitative Variables, Categorical and Continuous Variables  Scales of measurements  Indicators, setting operational definitions  Validity and Reliability 6 Define variable Role of variable Types of variables 1. Quantitative: Continuous (interval, ratio) & Numerical or Discrete 2. Qualitative: Categorical: Ordinal & Nominal (Dichotomous & Multichotomous)  Dependent vs. Independent  Confounding variable, Intervening variable, Background variable Define measurement Primary scales of measurement (nominal, ordinal, interval, ratio) Statistical techniques for all the scales of measurement. Criteria for scale selection Measurement process Classification of scaling techniques 1. Comparative scales (paired comparison, rank order, thurstone, guttman or cumulative ) 2. Non-comparative scales ( Continuous rating scale, Itemized rating scales :- likert, semantic differential) Issue in selecting a measurement scale Bases for health indicators Common frameworks for health indicators Uses of indicator Data source of indicator Evaluating operational definitions Concept of validity and reliability Define validity and reliability Methods on reliability (test & retest, split-half, parallel method) Types of validity: Internal (face, contextual, content, criterion, construct) & External Factors resulting in poor reliability Improve or minimize errors in validity and reliability. Point that Influence result of validity (threat to validity) Difference between validity and reliability 6
  • 111. 110 IV Sampling Methods and Techniques  Meaning of Sampling, Sampling Frame and its quality, Sampling Ratio, Sampling Units, Population Concept  Types of Sampling – Non- Probability Sampling (Convenience, Quota, Purposive, Snowball), Probability Sampling (Simple Random, Systematic, Stratified, Cluster, Multistage, Probability Proportionate to Size)  Sampling Errors 5 Concept on sampling Define sampling Define Population, population of interest, target population Sampling units Types of sampling units Sampling frame Qualities of sampling frame Sample frame error Define sample & element Sampling error Factors that affecting sampling error Define sampling bias Purpose of sampling Advantage of sampling Steps in sampling Sampling process Principles of sampling design Criteria for using probability and non-probability sampling Classification of sampling techniques 1. Non-probability (convenience, judgmental or purposive, quota, snowball) 2. Probability (SRS, systematic, stratified, cluster, multistage) 4 V Research Methods and Design  Qualitative and Quantitative Research Methods  Research Design: Non- Interventional Research (Explorative, Case Study, Case Series, Cross-Sectional, Longitudinal), Interventional Research (Pre-Experimental, Quasi-Experimental and True Experimental – Completely Randomized Design, Completely Randomized Block Design, Factorial Design, Time Series Design)  Basic Concepts on Clinical Trials: Phase Trials, Community Trials, Field Trials, Vaccine Trials, Drug Trials 12 Basic concept in Qualitative and quantitative research Characteristics of qualitative research Appropriateness of qualitative research Difference in qualitative and quantitative research Triangulation Epidemiological research design:  Descriptive (Time, Place, Person): analytical, case control, cohort  randomized controlled trial (studied in epidemiology) Basic concept on field trial, community trial. Operational research designs: 1. Non-experimental Designs (Pottest-Only design, Pretest-Posttest design, Static-Group Comparison) 2. Experimental design (Pretest-Posttest Control Group design, Posttest-Only control Group design) 3. Quasi-experimental Design (Time Series design, Nonequivalent Control Group design, Separate Sample Pretest-Posttest Design) 12
  • 112. 111 VI Data Collection Methods  Data Collection from Primary Sources – Observation Checklist Preparation, Participant Observation, Non-Participant Observation, Focus Group Discussion, In- Depth Interview, Personal Interview, Nominal Group Technique, Delphi Technique, Rapid Appraisal Technique, Questionnaire Preparation – Open Ended, Closed Ended, Structured/Semi Structured/Unstructured Questionnaire  Data Collection from Secondary Sources – Data from Office/Institution Records, Journals, Annual Reports, Bulletins, Mid-line, Pop-line, Internets  Pre-testing the Data Collection Tools and Making Work Plan 10 Data Collection Methods and Tools Planning data collection procedure. Factors influencing data consistency. Data collection problem. Difference between data collection tools and techniques. Develop instrument/tools. Data collection techniques: A. Qualitative 1. Participant observation (Overview of Participant Observation, Logistics of Participant Observation, How to Be an Effective Participant Observer, Participant Observation Steps), 2. FGD (Overview of Focus Groups, Logistics of Focus Groups, How to Be an Effective Moderator, How to Be an Effective Note-taker, Steps in Moderating a Focus Group, Steps in Note-taking for a Focus Group, Focus Group Checklist) 3. in-depth interview (Overview of In-Depth Interviewing, Logistics of Interviewing, How to Be an Effective Interviewer, Interview Steps, Interview Checklist) 4. Others: Key informant interview, Appreciative inquiry, Surrogate /Simulation. B. Quantitative 1. Self administered questionnaire: questionnaire. 2. Interview (Face to Face Interview, Exit): Interview schedule. Advantages and disadvantages of various data collection technique. Qualities of a good questionnaire. Pre-testing the tools. Develop work plan (man, money, material, moment). 8 VII Health Research Ethics  Basic Concepts on Research Ethics, and its Principals  Milestones of Research Ethics in Nepal, and National Ethical Guidelines of Health Research 2 Basic concept for ethical aspect of health research. Principle of research ethics (beneficence, respect for rights, justice) International declarations. Consent of subjects (Children, Pregnant and nursing women, Mentally ill and mentally defective persons, Other vulnerable social groups, Community-based research) 2
  • 113. 112 VIII Research Report Writing  Difference between Research Report and Research Paper  Styles of Writing the Research Report/Paper with Referencing  Skeleton Model of Writing the Research Report – Preliminaries (Title, Approval Sheet, Acknowledgements, Table of Contents and Figures, Formatting, Paging Instruction), Body of the Report – (Introduction, Objectives, Literature Review, Methodology, Results/Findings, Discussion, Conclusions, Recommendations, References) 4 Steps on research report/paper writing. Scientific writing Reference style (APA, Vancouver, Harvard). Reasons for including references, Plagiarism. 4 References: 13. Clough P and Nutbrown C. A Student’s Guide to Methodology, Sage Publication, 2002. 14. Kumar R. Research Methodology – A Step-By-Step Guide for Beginners, Sage Publication, 1999. 15. Sapsford R. Survey Research, Sage Publication, 1999. 16. Smith PG, Morrow. Field Trials of Health Interventions in Developing Countries, 2nd Edition, 1996. 17. National Ethical Guidelines for Health Research in Nepal, Available at Nepal Health Research Council, July 2001. List Current Essential References O'Leary, Z. The Essential Guide to Doing Research. London: Sage Publication, 2004. Natasha M, Cvynthia W, Kathleen MM, Greg G and Emily N. Qualitative Research Methods: A Data Collector’s Field Guide, FHI, 2005. World Health Organization. Health Research Methodology, A Guide for Training in Research Methods, Regional Office for the Western Pacific, Manila, 2001 John W. Creswell, Research Design, 1994. Linda G and David W, Architectural Research Methods: John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2002. Bhatta DN. Research Methodology, A Short Manual, 2009 Aryal UR. Biostatistics for Medical Sciences,1st edition, 2009 Fisher AA, Laing JE, Stoedel JE, Townsend JW. Handbook for Family Planning Operations Research Design, Second Edition
  • 114. 113 FAH 307.3 (Credit hours 3) Family Health BPH, Third Year, Sixth Semester Course Objectives: To develop basic concepts of family Health for an efficient and effective management of its problems. At the completion of the course, students will be able to:  Understand to give basic knowledge, concept, philosophies of demography and reproductive [family] health and their problems primarily focused in Nepal  Conceptualize the main problem(s) of RH and work on it through exercises on secondary data  Acquire applied knowledge and skills on the burden of elderly and disable persons health. Unit Course contents hrs Details Suggest ions I Concept and historical development Family Health  Concept, history and definition of family, family health  Scope, role and functions, of family health in prevention, promotion, treatment and rehabilitation of health  Concept of adolescent health and sex education  Existing health services and RH policies service, plan and programs in the management of National Health Service delivery system in Nepal  Population dynamics and RH and family health 8  Concept, history and definition of family, family health  Scope, role and functions, of family health in prevention, promotion, treatment and rehabilitation of health  Women, conflicting demands as providers, careers and income earners.  Motivating father for family health, personal hygiene birth spacing and sexual hygiene.  Father’s supporting role during and wife’s pregnancy.  Priorities of family health problems, holistic models of family health  Self-medication/alternative medication in family.
  • 115. 114 II Reproductive health and safer motherhood services  Concept, theories, principles, components, and the factors of RH and SM services  Provision and status of RH and SM care services in Nepal  Mortality and morbidity factors associated with RH and SM  Patterns of communicable and non- communicable disease problem concerning to RH and SM  RH and SM related health problems in Nepal 8  Concept, theories, principles, components, and the factors of RH and SM services  Provision and status of RH and SM care services in Nepal  Socio-economic, educational and cultural factors affecting/associated with maternal morbidity and mortality.  Components of maternal health care including Antenatal care(ANC), intranatal care (INC) and Post natal care(PNC).  Delivery incentive schemes of government.  Concept of neonatal health problem, strategy and Kangaro (Mayako Angalo).  Maternity home for safe birthing practices.  Concept of adolescent health and sex education  Existing health services and RH policies service, plan and programs in the management of National Health Service delivery system in Nepal III Family Planning (FP) services in Nepal and the region  Principles, philosophies, concept and the strategies of Family planning  Methods of family planning and counseling  Challenges of FP contraception in context to population control in Nepal and the region  Quality assurance in family planning service delivery 8  Principles, philosophies, concept and the strategies of Family planning  Rights of clients in FP  counseling :Definition, principles of FP counseling, counseling flow- chart, counseling process, client- provider inter actions, counseling deals on 6 topics and steps in counseling  Methods of family planning: Spacing methods including natural methods, permanent methods and emergency contraception.  Challenges of FP contraception in context to population control in Nepal and the region  Quality assurance in family planning service delivery
  • 116. 115 IV Demography  Introduction to demographic studies  Concept, theories and methods of demography  Structural components and characteristics of demography and its application in health sciences studies  Methods of population projection and its application in health and public health science studies  Demographic health surveys in Nepal 16 Introduction to Demographic study - Meaning, concept, and scope Importance and implication of population study, - Population growth, trend and consequences at global and national levels Population Structure, Characteristics and Components and its application in public health Population Structure, Characteristics - Importance of sex and age structure, marital status, literacy rate,sex ratio, religion, ethnicity, dependency ratio and growth of population. Components of Population growth Fertility - Measure of fertility - - Concepts and its importance, Crude and specific rates, total fertility rate , standardized rates, child women ratio. Mortality -Measures of mortality -Definition and importance of crude and specific rates , standardized rates,infant and maternal mortality rates. - Neonatal and post neonatal mortality, foetal , prenatal morality rates Migration - Concepts, sources of data, some terms, types of migration. - Estimation of life time and intercensal migration from place of birth statistics. b] urbanization - Definition and its importance: Gross and net reproduction rate; replacement level of fertility Mortality -Measures of mortality -Definition and importance of crude and specific rates , standardized rates, infant and maternal mortality rates. - Other mortality rates. - Neonatal and post neonatal mortality, foetal , prenatal morality rates Migration - Concepts, sources of data, some terms, types of migration. - Estimation of life time and intercensal migration from place of birth statistics. b] urbanization i] Measure - Percentages of population in urban areas. - Ratio of urban and rural population - Size of locality of residence of the median inhabitant - Tempo of urbanization c] Morbidity 4 hours 6 hrs
  • 117. 116 Unit -V: Overview of ageing and disables health  Concept, meaning and scope of ageing population  Strategies of health of elderly, disables in global and regional context  Geriatrics and disable health problem under family health care settings in Nepal  Major health problem of ageing and disables  Policy, strategy and programs for ageing and disable population 8 Migration - Meaning, Concepts, and types of migration. - Estimation of life time and intercensal migration from place of birth statistics. Methods of population projection and its application in health and public health science studies Demographic health surveys in Nepal 3 hours 3 hours  Concept, meaning and scope of ageing population  Strategies of health of elderly, disables in global and regional context  Geriatrics and disable health problem under family health care settings in Nepal  Major health problem of ageing and disables  Policy, strategy and programs for ageing and disable population  Role of the state in social security community based rehabilitations Vs. institutionalization. References: 1. Ministry of Health (MoH), Nepal. National health policy- 1991 2. Ministry of Health (MoH), Nepal. National reproductive health strategy 3. Ministry of Health (MoH, Nepal. National adolescent health strategy 4. Ministry of Health (MoH), Nepal. National AIDS policy 5. Ministry of Health (MoH), Nepal. Family planning policy 6. Ministry of Health (MoH), Nepal. Safe motherhood policy 7. Ministry of Health (MoH), Nepal. National maternity care guidelines 8. Ministry of Health (MoH), Nepal. Reproductive health protocols 9. Ministry of Health (MoH), Nepal. STD case management guidelines 10. National medical standard vol. I & II &II' 11. Population and development L'NFPA. Cairo- 1994 12. Convention on elimination of discrimination against women- UNESCO 13. Beijing conference on women- 1997
  • 118. 117 ACH 308.3 (Credit hours 3) Applied Child Health BPH, Third Year, Sixth Semester Course Objectives: To develop basic knowledge and skills about the concepts, strategies and experiences of child health (CH) policies and plan in Nepal so as to make them able to design, collect required information related to the community and the public health sector. ng and monitoring the services. Upon successful completion of the course, students shall be able to:  Understand the child health care policy, plan and programs in Nepal  Conceptualize, experience, work on child health problems  Acquire practical knowledge and skills on CH problems of Nepal and the region U nit Course of contents h rs Details suggestions I Introduction to Child Health (CH)  Introduction to child health  CH in individual, family and society  Child health and national health care system  Child health and international or global health system  Intervention, declaration on health 1 6 Introduction to Child Health (CH):  Introduction, Importance & factor affecting of child health,  Roles of parent, family & society in promoting child health  Child health programs at national health care system  Child health programs at global health system  Intervention and declaration on child health
  • 119. 118 II Child health problems  Demographic, Socioeconomic and Socio-cultural Indicators  Environmental health Indicators  Child health and disability  Malnutrition  Vaccine preventable disease  CDD/ARI  Child health disease burden in Nepal o Vital rates, ratio and proportions o Morbidity indicators o Mortality indicators o Health service indicators o Population and fertility indicators o Physical health and development indicators o Nutritional health indicators o Child health and sexual health problem 1 6 Child health problems  Child health and disability: Problems & programs for disable children  Malnutrition: causes, Impact & Prevention and control on following topics - PEM, VAD, IDA, IDD  Vaccine preventable disease: Immunization schedule, child health burden due to VPD & strategies to control it.  CDD: National program including goal, objectives, strategies & activities to it.  ARI: National program including goal, objectives, strategies & activities to it.  Child health & sexual health problems  Main causes of death of children under five years. Health indicators:  Definition, types, characteristics & importance  Rate, ratio & proportion  Demographic, Socioeconomic and Socio-cultural Indicators  Environmental health Indicators  Morbidity indicators  Mortality indicators  Health service indicators  Population and fertility indicators  Physical health and development indicators  Nutritional health indicators  Current status of child health in Nepal.
  • 120. 119 II I Application of Child Health Services in Nepal  Existing child health policy, plan and program in Nepal and SAARC  Child health problem and intervention plans  Process of planning (identification, and prioritization)  Application of problem solving strategy in CH interventions  Review of CH promotion strategy as a regional/global concern  IMCI 1 6 Application of Child Health Services in Nepal :  Existing child health policy, plan and program in Nepal and SAARC: India & Srilanka.  Child health problem, intervention plans including goal, objectives, strategy and activities: IMCI, GOBIFFF, Baby friendly hospital. Should take out: It is duplication Process of planning (identificatio n, and prioritizatio n) Application of problem solving strategy in CH intervention s Review of CH promotion strategy as a regional/glo bal concern References: 1. National health policy- 1991 2. National reproductive health strategy 3. National adolescent health strategy 4. National AIDS policy 5. Family planning policy 6. Safe motherhood policy 7. National maternity care guidelines 8. Reproductive health protocols 9. 9. Current Annual report of Department of Health services
  • 121. 120 EOH 309.3 (Credit hours 3) Applied Environmental and Occupational Health II BPH, Third Year, Sixth Semester Course Objectives: To explore the fundamental relation between hospital waste management, human excreta, environmental population, occupational health and public health. At the end of the course, students shall be able to:  Explain the environmental problems and it’s affects on human health  Clarify the relationship between hospital waste and health impacts  Explore the affects of human excreta in public health  Explore the occupational health and safety issues Unit Course contents hrs Details suggestio ns I Environnemental Problems  Overview of global environmental problems (Radiation, Acid Rain, Ozone Depletion, Deforestation)  Causes of global warming (Carbon Dioxides, Methane, Chlorofluorocarbons, Nitrous Oxides, Ozone)  Global warming, green house effect, ozone depletion and climate change  Impacts of global warming and climate change on human health 1 0 Global Environnemental Problems  Radiation  Acid Rain  Deforestation  Ozone Depletion and its effects on environment  Global warming and Climate change  Green House Effect  Causes of Global warming (Carbon Dioxides, Methane, Chlorofluorocarbons, Nitrous Oxides, Ozone)  Impacts of global warming /climate change  Climate change and Human Health  Solution of global warming  Adaptation to climate change 16 II Hospital Waste Management  Nature and types of hospital waste  Health hazard from hospital waste  Management of hospital waste in public and private hospital 1 2 As it is 10 III Human Excreta  Use of toilet in Nepal  Health hazard from human excreta  Management of human excreta in rural and urban areas 8 As it is 8
  • 122. 121 IV Occupational Health and Safety  Meaning, scope and application of occupational health and safety  Historical development of occupational health.  Workman's compensation  Occupational health practice applied to specific exposure 1. Physical 2. Biological 3. Chemical  Occupational diseases and their prevention 1 8 Occupational Health and Safety  Major occupational diseases in Nepal  Policies related to occupational Health  Promotion of occupational Health  Application of occupational health and safety  Concept of Ergonomics 14 References: 1. Baldwin, J. H. Environmental Planning and Management, West View Press, Boulder and London, 1985. 2. Beacon Press, MOPE, State of the Environment of Nepal, Kathmandu: Ministry of 3. Dhaliwal G. S. Fundamentals of Environmental Sciences, Kalyani Publishers, New Delhi 1996. 4. IUCN. Environmental Education, Source Book, Published by IUCN Nepal 2000. 5. Miller T. Environmental Science. USA: Wadsworth Inc1988. 6. Miller G. T. Living in the Environment, Publishing Company, Belmont. California 2002. 7. MOPE/ICIMOD/UNEP. Nepal: State of the Environment Report 2001. Kathmandu: UNEP /ICIMOD 2001. 8. Ojha. S. Watawarniya swasthya re sarsaphai, Kathmandu: Health Learning, Material Centre BS 2046. 9. Park, JE and Park K. Textbook of Preventive and Social Medicine, India 2000. 10. Sloan WM. Site selection for new hazardous waste management facilities. WHO1993. 11. WHO. Health Organization. WHO commission on health and environment. Report of the panel on food and agriculture. Geneva: WHO1992. 12. Wagner EG., Lanoix JN. Excreta disposal for rural areas and small comities. WHO. 13. WHO HACCP. Hazard Analysis and Critical Control Point: Principle and Practice, WHO: Geneva, 1999. List Currently Available References a. G.T Miller, 2002 Living in the Environment. Principles, Connections and solutions b. Megan London, Environment, Health and sustainable Development, Tata McGraw-Hill Edition, 2006 c. WHO, 2003 Climate change and Human health: Risks and responses d. WHO 2008 Protecting health from climate change e. WHO, NHRC, National Health Care Waste Management Guidelines, 2002 f. Park K. Textbook of Preventive and Social Medicine, India 2003.
  • 123. 122 CMD 310.3 (Credit hours 3) Community Diagnosis BPH, Third Year, Sixth Semester Course Objective To provide basic knowledge on concepts, process skills to the students in scientific designing and collecting the information of the community. At the successful completion of the course, students will be:  Define community health diagnosis and its underlying concepts applied in, different components; explain the process of community health diagnosis used in community health diagnosis survey  Organize, design, collect community health and health related information, interpret, analyze and report them to present community health and development status  Identify need as well as health problem of the community and select, organize, design, implement and report micro-health project findings.  Present appropriate knowledge and skills of organizing, designing, collecting community health and health related information and analyze, interpret, present and report them to plan/program and implement the health actions for improving better community health and development status Unit s Course of contents hr s Detail s Suggestion s I Introduction to Community Health Diagnosis  Definition, concept and difference between individual, family, clinical health diagnosis and of community health diagnosis  Components of community health diagnosis  Community health diagnosis survey and disease surveillance  Process of community diagnosis  Role and importance of community health diagnosis in Community health development  Scope and uses of community diagnosis in learning/education and training purposes 15
  • 124. 123 Unit -II: Indicators of Community Diagnosis (CD)  Demographic, Socioeconomic and Socio-cultural Indicators  Environmental health Indicators  Disease Burden and the Community # Vital rates, ratio and proportion in community diagnosis # Morbidity indicators in community diagnosis # Mortality indicators in community diagnosis # Health service indicators in community diagnosis # Population change and fertility indicators in community diagnosis  Planning the Community Diagnosis Health Survey # Organization and design a community diagnosis survey plan # Development of data collection, interpretation, analyzing, reporting tools  Planning a Health Intervention and Solving the Problem # Process of planning (identification, and prioritization) of community health intervention # Process problem solving and health intervention planning # Process of selecting, organizing, designing, implementing and reporting a mini/micro-health intervention at the field 15
  • 125. 124 III Residential Community Health Diagnosis Field Practice 15 hours  Preparation of residential community diagnosis field practice plan  Method and use of good rapport building  Concept and practice of community mapping  Need and the use of resources (internal/external, local) in community diagnosis field survey  Importance of surveyors’ group dynamics in community mobilization  Need of self-review on designing and implementation of CD survey plan Preparing a preliminary survey findings report and discussion notes IV Micro health project  Process of need identification and local resources mobilization  Process of priority setting  Development of MHP plan  Implement MHP  Evaluation of MHP V Presentation a. Presentation of written report Student will timely submit their group’s written final report that have maintaining its quality standards as prescribed by the institute. For example, formatting, editing, and referencing system should maintain its prescribed norms b. Oral presentation Student should strategically, present preliminary findings of their community health diagnosis field works to their guide or supervisor first in the given (scheduled) date, time. Then they should present those preliminary findings to the concerned community peoples at field site to maintain the philosophy of appropriate and effective feed-back values. Finally, those student’s group should present their community diagnosis report to the concerned Institution’s 45
  • 126. 125 faculty members for final evaluation VI Report Writing and Evaluation  Content and structures of a good report writing  Organization, formatting, editing... a good report  Designing an evaluation tools of CD survey report  Maintaining the ethical considerations in a CD survey report 45 Course Evaluation A. Evaluation criteria for theory class: Written Exam: 40% Assessment: 10% Field Practice:50% B. Evaluation criteria for residential field practice:  Rapport building, community mapping 5  Assessment of utilization of internal/local – external resources 5  Community mobilization and group’s dynamics 5  Review, implement the designed community diagnosis survey 5  Preparing preliminary findings and discussion notes 5  Plan, schedule operate and evaluate micro-health project 5 C. Evaluation criteria for presentation 1. Presentation of written report and its submission (timeliness) 15 2. Oral presentation 15 i. Oral presentation of preliminary findings to the supervisor(s) (10%) References: 1. Bannett, F.J., Prof., Ed. Lagos Melbourne, 1979, 1-190 (14). Community diagnosis and health action, a manual for tropical and rural areas. Hong Kong: The Macmillan Press Ltd., Johannesburg 2. Hale, S. Dr, Shrestha, I.B., Bhattacharya, A. Community Diagnosis Manual, learning together from community diagnosis. Kathmandu: Health Learning Materials Center, Tribhuvan University, Institute of Medicine, printed at Modern printing press (P) Ltd., 1- 100 (10). List currently available References
  • 128. 127 PD 401.3 (Credit hours 3) Health Planning and Policy Development BPH, Fourth Year, Seventh Semester Course Objectives: To develop the knowledge and skill of students in the development of health policy and plan. Curriculum also intends to impart the knowledge on monitoring and evaluation. At the end of the course students will be able to:  Understand concepts and application of planning  Develop, monitor and evaluate the plans  Know the concepts and application of policy  Critically review of the health policies in Nepal Unit Course Contents hrs Details I Concept and Application of Planning  Meaning, scope , concept of planning  Approaches to planning: planning model, national planning, private and public sector planning  Application of planning in Public Health  Strategic planning 10 II III Developing, Monitoring and Evaluating Health Plan  Different types of planning  Planning used in delivering the health services  Monitoring of planning  Evaluation of the developed plan Concept and Application of Policy  Meaning, scope and concept of policy  Types of policy  Application of policy in public health 14 14 IV Critical Review of Health Plan and Policies in Nepal  Review of the health policies in Nepal  Priority Setting  Resource allocation and budget and budgeting process 10 References: 1. Greem A. An introduction to health planning in developing of counties. Oxford University Press. 1997. 2. African National Congress. A National Health Plan for South Africa.
  • 129. 128 3. Barker C. The health care policy process. London: Sage Publications, 1996. 4. Barnum H, Kutzin J. Public hospitals in developing countries: resource use, 5. Boulle A, Blecher M., Burn A. Hospital Restructuring.: Health Systems 6. Brijlal V, Hensher M. Estimating the costs of implementing the Primary Health 7. Department of Health Services. Annual report Kathmandu Nepal, 2003. 8. Dixit H. Quest of Health, Educational Enterprise, 1999. 9. HMGN, MOH. Human Resource Strategic Plan, 2003 -2017. Ministry of Health, Ramsaha Path, Katmandu. April. 2003 10. HMGN, MOH. Second long term Health Plan 1997-2017. 1998 11. American Public Health Association (APHA): www.apha.org 12. Beijing 4th World Conference on Women: www.igc.org/beijing/beijing.html 13. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC): www.cdc.gov 14. CEDAW: www.un.org/womenwatch/daw/cedaw 15. CEDAW Coalition: www.womenstreaty.org
  • 130. 129 HEC 402.3 (Credit hours 3) Health Economics BPH, Fourth Year, Seventh Semester Course Objectives: To develop the knowledge and skills on micro and macro level economic intervention, and appraisal in health. At the end of the course, students will able to:  Clarify the basic concepts, terms, contribution and techniques of health economics.  Illustrate and state the roles of demand and supply in health  Identify the sources of financing in health sector and analyze the equity, efficiency, and sustainability of various alternative financing schemes Unit Course contents hrs Details I Introduction  Meaning and scope of health economics  Similarity and differences between economic and health economics  Principles and definition of the terms commonly used in health economics  The economic agent - producer, consumer and the role of the government 4 II Micro and Macro economic in Health  Concept of Micro and Macro economics in health  Application of Micro and Macro economics in health  National Income Accounts, National Health Accounts , GDP, GNP, Inflation  Real vs. Nominal Price 4 III Micro Economics Tools for Health  Demand, Supply and Pricing System  Market Equilibrium  Elasticity of Demand and Supply: Price Elasticity, Cross-Elasticity, Income Elasticity  Production and Distribution of Health Care  Production function  Cost function and cost of delivery health care 8 IV Markets and Market Failure in Health Care  Market and How does in work  Market Mechanism in Health Care  Public Goods, Exernalities 4
  • 131. 130  Role of Government and Market in Health Care V Economic Evaluation  Concept and application of economic appraisal  Cost concepts: Direct, Indirect, Average, Marginal cost, Total cost, Unit cost, Capital and Recurrent cost, Fixed cost, Variable cost, Shadow price, Opportunity cost.  Cost analysis: Cost classification, Costs apportion, NPV, Discount factor, Annualization factor, IRR, Cost recover, Break-even point.  Tools and techniques of economic appraisal: Cost minimization analysis, cost effectiveness analysis, cost benefit analysis and cost utility analysis  Health consequences, its nature and calculation, output, effect and impact: calculation of in single and composite indicator (DALY, QALY ) etc. 12 VI Health Care Financing  Meaning and scope of health care financing  Alternative health care financing  Equity: Concept of Equity in Health, Vertical Equity, Horizontal Equity, Measuring disparities in health, Gini Coefficient, Kakwani Index  Efficiency: Concept of Economic Efficiency, Allocative Efficiency, Technical Efficiency  Sustainability of health care financing  District Health planning, resources allocation and systematic cost reduction  Concept of user charge and its application  Evolution of insurance and health insurance  Social Health Insurance, Community Health Insurance, Micro Health Insurance and Private Health Insurance  Health insurance in low and middle income countries  Risks in Health Insurance: Moral Hazard, Adverse Selection, Cost Escalation, Fraud and Abuse  Risk Management: Co-payment/Co-insurance, Indemnity Payment, Cream Skimming, Re-insurance  Payment Mechanism: Capitation, Fee-for-Service, Salary Global Budget, DRG  Premium setting, Designing benefit package and fund management  Health insurance options-universal coverage to development of social insurance  Managed care and health maintenance organization 13 VII Health Sector Reform  The forces of driving health reform 3
  • 132. 131  The health reform cycle  He five control knobs: Financing, Payment, Organization: Macro Strategies: Changing Public – private mix, changing provider mix, decentralization, contracting: Micro Strategies: Corporatization and autonomization, improving public sector performance, altering the distribution of inputs, Regulation, and Behavior References: 1. Creese A., Parker D. Cost Analysis in Primary Health Care, WHO, UNICEF, Aga Khan Foundation 1994. 2. Pindyck, Robert S and Rubinfeld, Daniel L. Microeonomics, 5th Edition 3. Michael Drumond and etal. Methods for the Economic Evaluation if Health Care Program. Oxford University Press, 2nd Edition, 1998 4. Cam Dondalson and Karen Gerard, Economics of Health Care Financing: The visible Hands. The MacMillan Press Ltd. 1993 5. Andrew Green. An Introduction to Health Planning in Developing Countries. Oxford University Press. 6. Thomas E. Getzen. Health Economics: Fundaments and Flow of Funds. Temple University USA. John Wiley and Sons, 1997 7. Commission on Macroeconomic and Health (CMH) Report WHO, Geneva 2001 8. Dror DM, Preker AS. Social Reinsurance, A New approach to Sustainable Community Health Financing, ILO and the World Bank, 2002 9. Ministry of Health, Public Expenditure Review of Health Sector 2003,2004. 10. Santerre, Neun SP. Health Economics-Theory and Practice, 1996 11. HMG Nepal. Fiscal and Monetary Policy 12. Witter S., Ensor T., Jowett M. Health Economics for Developing Countries-practical guide. The University of York. 13. WHO. Economic Evaluation, 2000. 14. The World Health Report 15. The World Bank Institute, Introduction to the concepts and analytical tools of Health Sector reform and sustainable financing 16. Barbara Mcpack, Lilani Kumaranayake and Charles Normand. Health Economics: An International Perspective, Routledge 11 New Fetter Lane, London, 2002 17. Ministry of Health and Population. Nepal National Health Accounts 18. The World Bank. World Development Report: Investing in Health, 1993 19. www.healtheconomics.com 20. www.chepa.org/ - 26k 21. www.chere.uts.edu.au/ 22. www.chula.ac.th 23. http://www.oheschools.org
  • 133. 132 24. www.questia.com 25. www.york.ac.uk/inst/che 26. www.who.int 27. www.healtheconomics.org 28. www.heapol.oupjounals.org 29. www.interscience.wiley.com 30. www.worldbank.org 31. www.moh.gov.np Journals 1. Health Policy and Planning: A Journal on Health in development. Oxford University Press. 2. Health Economics: A Journal of Health Economics List Currently Available References: 1. …..
  • 134. 133 RCA 403.3 (Credit hours 3) Health System Research and Computer Software Application BPH, Fourth Year, Seventh Semester Course Objectives: To impart the knowledge on Health Systems Research, Health Research Systems and Health Research Review Process. To strengthen the knowledge on computer software application. After the completion of the course, the students will be able to:  Understand the key concepts on health systems research and health research system  Identify, analyze and write the statement of health systems research  Review the Health Research Projects  Use the different kinds of software in computer Unit Course contents hrs I Introduction  Definition of Health Systems Research (HSR), Health Research Systems (HRS)  Application of HSR in the Development of Nation’s Health System  Characteristics of HSR 6 II Health Systems  National Health Systems  Overview of Health Sector Reform in Nepal  Heath Sector Planning and Programming  Public/Private Sector Health Care Services 8 III Health Systems Research  Identification and Analysis of HSR Problem  Generation of HSR Hypothesis  HSR Variables, their Scales of measurements, and Indicators  Qualitative and Quantitative Methods in HSR 10 IV Health Research System  National Health Research Policy  Architecture of Health Research System  National Strategies for Health Research System Development 5
  • 135. 134  Networking and Co-ordination  Development of Sustainable Health Research System V Health Research Review Process  Concepts on Review Process  Format used for Health Research Review Process  Research Review Guideline  Health Program Evaluation 5 VI Computer Software Application  General Introduction to Computer and its Accessories  General Concepts on Microsoft Windows  Basics in Excels, and PowerPoint  Various kinds of Statistical Software used in Computer  Use of Epi-2000 in Computer  Use of SPSS in Computer 14 References: 1. Health Sector Strategy: An Agenda for Reform, HMG/N, Ministry of Health, 2004. 2. Laws S, Harper, Marcus R. Research for Development: A Practical Guide, Save the Children, Vistaar Publication, New Delhi, 2003. 3. National Health Research Policy of Nepal, Nepal health Research Council, 2003. 4. Andreano R. The International Health Policy Program, The University of Wisconsin Press, 2537 Daniels Street, Madison, Wisconsin 53718, 2001. 5. Grembowski D. The Practice of Health Program Evaluation, Sage Publication, Inc., 2001. 6. Black N, Brazier J, Fitzpatrick R, Reeves B. Health Services Research Methods: A Guide to best Practice, BMJ Books, 1998. 7. Varkevisser CM, Pathmanathan I, Brownlee A. Designing and Conducting Health Systems Research Projects, HSR Training Series, Volume 2 Part 1, International Development Research Centre, 1991. 8. MHP. Nepal Health Sector Program- Implementation Plan 2004-2009.
  • 136. 135 CFP 404.3 (Credit hours 3) Comprehensive Field Practice BPH, Fourth Year, Seventh Semester Course Objectives: To develop skills, which will make student competent public health professional with the ability to identity health problems and needs in district health system. At the successful completion of the course, students will be able to:  Explore health problems in the districts, including determinants of the problems to prepare a district health profile.  Assess existing or potential resources for addressing health problems, as well as constraints, which may hinder successful application of solutions.  Prioritize health needs of the district and generate appropriate strategies for health.  Co-ordinate health and non-health sector activities.  Unit Course contents hrs I Orientation on comprehensive field practice  Rationale for selecting districts  Orientation for fieldwork and logistics.  Orientation to the field activities.  Orientation on national health indicator.  Over view and networking of district level organizations (DPHO, DDC, Water Supply, Agriculture, Education, Red Cross, CDO, FPAN, NGO, INGO, hospital and other health related organizations of the district) which are directly and indirectly related to health and related issues of the district. 15 II Unit-II: Preparation of Management Profile of District Health Problem 15 hours  Major health problems of the district.  Health planning Process and programmes/projects in district level  Health services organization structure.  Staffing patterns  Coordination with other related organizations (line agencies, NGOs, INGOs).  Supervision and monitoring system. 15
  • 137. 136  Budgeting  Health management information system.  Logistics system  Recording and reporting system. III Critical Appraisal of Health Management Profile  Analyze the status, strength and weaknesses of each of the management components mentioned above using appropriate models.  Observe management system work activities in the organizations towards goal achievement.  Recommend for alternative strategy or re-strengthening the management component of overcoming the weakness for better management.  Organize a seminar to present a health management profile of organization in district/College 55 IV Mini- action Project  Apply the knowledge and skills learned in various disciplines of health sciences (epidemiology, bio-statistics, health education, nutrition, school health, health & environment, family planning, MCH, etc) to develop mini-action project in a group.  Develop a mini-action project with objectives formulated on the prioritized basis of problem and health needs.  Implement the mini-action project developed and discrimination of findings at district level.  Evaluate mini-action project. 20 V Preparation and Submission of Field Study Reports  Prepare baseline demographic and health profile of the district acquired from secondary data on the basis of which write additional specific papers.  Develop a plan to improve the effectiveness of specific aspect of the district health system. 30 Course Evaluation: Comprehensive Field Practice  Evaluation by Local Filed Supervisor………. … 5 %  Evaluation by Campus/Institute Supervisor ……… 20 %  District Seminar ……………………………. 10 %  Presentation of Filed Work at Campus/Institute 15 %
  • 138. 137  Evaluation of Written Report (District Profile)……20 %  Micro-Health Project……………………………… 10 %  Oral Defense of Written Report and Filed Work 20 % HES 405.1 Seminar On Public Health Topics –I SPT 405.6 Special Topics (Any Two) 1. Special Topics in Epidemiology 2. Special Topics in Nutrition and Health 3. Special Topics in Health System 4. Special Topics in Occupational Health 5. Special Topics in Environmental Health 6. Special Topics in Child Health 7. Special Topics in Health Economics 8. Special Topics in Reproductive Health 9. Special Topics in Primary Health Care 10. Special Topics in National Health Priorities Areas 11. Special Topics in Health Technology/ Public Health Laboratory HES 406.1 Seminar On Public Health Topics -II
  • 139. 138 DIS 406.6 (Credit hours 6) Dissertation BPH, Fourth Year, Eighth Semester Course Objectives: To provide students the knowledge and practice of public health research activity, To enable them to carry out researches and solve research related problems To help them in writing thesis and defend their work. Upon successful completion of the course, the students shall be able to:  Search relevant scientific literature  Develop a research proposal  Employ appropriate data collection techniques and tools  Manage collected data  Analyze data with appropriate statistical techniques  Write thesis  Defend the findings Unit Course contents Hrs I Proposal Development: At the beginning of fourth year (Seventh Semester), students in a group of five in consultation with designated faculties and extensive literature survey will develop research proposal during the initial 3 months period. II Data Collection/ Thesis Writing Students will carry out data collection, data management, data analysis, and thesis writing during the remaining period (Seventh and Eight Semester). III The Dissertation should have following format: 1. Title 2. Introduction
  • 140. 139 3. Materials and Methods 4. Results 5. Discussion 6. Conclusion 7. Recommendation 8. References 9. Appendix IV Evaluation: Internal: 50% weight Thesis Defense and Viva: 50% weight